-
1 δέ
δέ (the following combinations are to be found elsewhere: μέν δέ v. μέν. τε δέ v. τε δὲ δή v. δή. δ' ὦν v. ὦν. δέ τοι v. τοι. δὲ καί v. also καί. δαὖτε v. also αὖτε. δαὖ v. αὖ. δἄρα v. ἄρα. Since δέ is normallv used in a purely connective capacity, a decision between progressive and adversative δέ must often be arbitrary.)1 adversative.a opposing one sentence to what precedes (*, = following negative sentence)ἰδοῖσα δ O. 2.41
λείφθη δὲ O. 2.43
μαθόντες δὲ O. 2.87
κρύψε δὲ O. 6.31
μαντεύσατο δ O. 7.32
ἔστι δὲ O. 8.77
φέροις δὲ O. 9.41
ἕπεται δ O. 13.47
ἐξίει δ *P. 1.91χρὴ δὲ P. 2.34
, P. 2.88φέρειν δ P. 2.93
ἁδόντα δ P. 2.96
“ πεύθομαι δ” P. 4.38κλέπτων δὲ P. 4.96
ἐσσὶ δ P. 4.269
φαντὶ δ P. 4.287
λῦσε δὲ P. 4.291
εἰμὶ δ P. 8.29
ἔλπομαι δ P. 11.55
πειρῶντι δὲ P. 10.67
ἐλᾷ δὲ N. 3.74
ἔστι δ N. 3.80
διείργει δὲ N. 6.2
εἴργει δὲ *N. 7.6τυχεῖν δ N. 7.55
χρὴ δ' Pae. 2.56
θνᾴσκει δὲ fr. 121. 4. πέφνε δὲ fr. 135.Χάρις δ O. 1.30
ἁμέραι δ O. 1.33
αἰὼν δ (v. l. τ) O. 2.10λάθα δὲ O. 2.18
πένθος δὲ O. 2.23
ῥοαὶ δ *O. 2.33 πολλοὶ δὲ *O. 6.11τεθμὸς δὲ O. 8.25
Ἑρμᾶ δὲ O. 8.91
νεῖκος δὲ O. 10.39
ἀστῶν δ P. 1.84
ἀμφοτέροισι δ P. 1.99
ἑτέροισι δὲ P. 2.52
στάθμας δὲ *P. 2.90αἰὼν δ P. 3.86
παυροῖς δὲ P. 3.115
Μοῖραι δ P. 4.145
πόνων δ *P. 5.54 φάει δὲ *P. 6.14βία δὲ P. 8.15
δαίμων δὲ P. 8.76
βαιὰ δ P. 9.77
πατὴρ δὲ P. 9.11
ναυσὶ δ P. 10.29
φθονεροὶ δ P. 11.54
φθονερὰ δ N. 4.39
ἄλλοισι δ N. 4.91
τιμὰ δὲ N. 7.31
ἐλπίδες δ N. 11.22
κερδέων δὲ N. 11.47
πάντα δ I. 1.60
αἰὼν δὲ I. 3.17
δαίμων δ I. 7.43
ματρὸς δὲ Pae. 2.29
κέντρον δὲ fr. 180. 3.ἴσαις δὲ O. 2.61
ὑγίεντα δεἴ τις O. 5.23
ἀκίνδυνοι δ O. 6.9
ἄλλα δ O. 8.12
τερπνὸν δ O. 8.53
ἄγνωμον δὲ O. 8.60
κεῖνα δὲ O. 8.62
εὐανθέα δ P. 2.62
ἀδύνατα δ P. 2.81
“ σὸν δἄνθος” P. 4.158πότνια δ P. 4.213
εὐδαίμων δὲ P. 10.22
μυριᾶν δ *N. 3.42ἑκόντι δ N. 6.57
πὰν δὲ N. 10.29
ἀρχαῖαι δ N. 11.37
Πανελλάνεσσι δ *I. 4.29ἰατὰ δ I. 8.15
ματαίων δὲ Pae. 4.34
ἐμπείρων δὲ fr. 110. σφετέραν δαἰνεῖ fr. 215. 3.ὡς δ O. 1.46
εἰ δὲ O. 1.64
, O. 1.108ὅσοι δ O. 2.68
εἰ δ O. 3.42
ὅσσα δὲ P. 1.13
εἰ δὲ P. 3.63
, P. 3.80, P. 3.103, P. 9.50 ὅσαις δὲ *P. 10.28τῶν δ P. 10.61
εἰ δὲ P. 12.28
, N. 3.19ὃς δὲ N. 3.41
εἰ δ N. 5.19
, N. 5.50ὃς δ I. 1.50
εἰ δέ τις I. 1.67
ἐμοὶ δ O. 1.52
τὶν δ O. 10.93
ἐγὼ δὲ O. 10.97
, O. 13.49ἐμὲ δ O. 13.93
, P. 2.52τὶν δὲ P. 3.84
τὺ δ P. 8.61
ἐμοὶ δὲ P. 10.48
ἐγὼ δ N. 1.33
ἐμοὶ δ N. 4.41
ἐγὼ δὲ N. 7.20
ἐγὼ δ N. 8.38
σεῦ δ *N. 8.46ἐγὼ δὲ I. 1.32
ἄμμι δ I. 1.52
τὶν δ I. 5.17
ἐμοὶ δὲ I. 6.56
ἄμμι δ I. 7.49
ἐμοὶ δὲ Πα. 7B. 21.τοὶ δ O. 6.52
τὸν δ O. 13.92
“ τῶν δ” P. 4.41τὸν δ P. 4.101
τὸ δ P. 7.18
ὁ δὲ P. 8.48
“ τὸ δὲ” P. 8.51τά δ P. 8.76
P. 10.63 τὰν δ fr. 107a. 6 ὁ δ fr. 169. 26.τὸ δ O. 1.99
τῶν δ O. 2.15
τῶν δὲ *O. 12.9τὸν δὲ P. 1.95
ὁ δὲ P. 2.73
τὰν δ *P. 3.62τὸ δ P. 5.72
, P. 8.32ὁ δὲ P. 8.88
τὸ δὲ N. 6.55
N. 7.102ὁ δ N. 9.24
τὸ δ N. 11.43
, I. 5.19ὁ δ I. 7.39
ἐς δ O. 2.85
σὺν δὲ. O. 6.98ἀμφὶ δὲ O. 7.24
ἐν δὲ O. 7.94
ποτὶ δ P. 2.84
ἐν δαὖτε χρόνῳ P. 3.96
ἐν δ P. 8.92
σὺν δὲ N. 7.6
ἐν δ I. 5.53
ἐς δὲ fr. 133. 5. ἀνὰ δ' ἔλυσεν *N. 10.90αἰεὶ δ O. 5.15
ὅμως δὲ O. 10.9
νῦν δὲ O. 12.17
ἄλλοτε δ P. 3.103
εὐθὺς δ N. 1.54
νῦν δ I. 1.39
, I. 4.18 κρυφᾷ δὲ fr. 203. 2.b opposing one part of a sentence to the preceding negative part.μήτὦν τινι πῆμα πορών, ἀπαθὴς δαὐτὸς πρὸς ἀστῶν P. 4.297
ἄδικον οὔθ' ὑπέροπλον ἥβαν δρέπων, σοφίαν δ P. 6.49
καί μιν οὔπω τεθναότ, ἄσθματι δὲ φρίσσοντα πνοὰς ἔκιχεν N. 10.74
2 progressive, connective.a connecting sentences.λάμπει δὲ O. 1.23
ἔστι δ O. 1.35
ἔχει δ O. 1.59
ἕλεν δ O. 1.88
πέποιθα δὲ O. 1.103
ἕπεται δὲ O. 2.22
φιλεῖ δὲ O. 2.26
φύονται δὲ O. 4.25
ἵκων δὲ O. 5.9
ἀρχομένου δ O. 6.3
ἀντεφθέγξατο δ O. 6.61
ἵκοντο δ O. 6.64
τιμῶντες δ O. 6.72
εἶπον δὲ O. 6.93
τεῦξαν δ O. 7.48
μνασθέντι δ O. 7.61
ἐκέλευσεν δ O. 7.64
τελεύταθεν δὲ O. 7.68
κέκληνται δὲ O. 7.76
ἄνεται δὲ O. 8.8
ἦν δὲ O. 8.19
κατακρύπτει δὲ O. 8.79
θάλλει δ O. 9.16
ἀείδετο δὲ O. 10.76
χλιδῶσα δὲ O. 10.84
τρέφοντι δ O. 10.95
ἔστι δ O. 11.2
ἐθέλοντι δ O. 13.9
δέξαι δὲ (v. l. τε) O. 13.29νοῆσαι δὲ O. 13.48
φώνασε δ O. 13.67
εὕδει δ P. 1.6
φαντὶ δὲ P. 1.52
θέλοντι δὲ P. 1.62
ἔσχον δ P. 1.65
ἔμαθε δὲ P. 2.25
καιομένα δ P. 3.44
εἶπε δ P. 4.11
ἔπταξαν δ P. 4.57
ἧλθε δέ οἱ P. 4.73
τάφε δ P. 4.95
“ δύνασαι δ” P. 4.158 “ μεμάντευμαι δ” P. 4.163πέμψε δ P. 4.178
ἔειπεν δ P. 4.229
κτίσεν δ P. 5.89
ἄγοντι δὲ P. 7.13
αὔξων δὲ *P. 8.38ῥαίνων δὲ P. 8.57
ὑπέδεκτο δ P. 9.9
γεύεται δ P. 9.35
ἔστι δ N. 2.10
ἄρχε δ N. 3.10
δάμασε δὲ N. 3.23
ἕπεται δὲ N. 3.29
λεγόμενον δὲ N. 3.52
νύμφευσε δ N. 3.56
φρονεῖν δ N. 3.75
δέξαιτο δ N. 4.11
χαίρω δ N. 5.46
χρὴ δ N. 5.49
πέταται δ N. 6.48
ἀναπνέομεν δ N. 7.5
πέσε δ N. 7.31
ἐὼν δ N. 7.64
μαθὼν δὲ N. 7.68
δύνασαι δὲ N. 7.96
ἔβλαστεν δ N. 8.7
αὔξεται δ N. 8.40
χαίρω δὲ N. 8.48
ἔστι δ N. 9.6
ἔστι δὲ N. 10.20
ἐκράτησε δὲ N. 10.25
ἕπεται δὲ N. 10.37
μεταμειβόμενοι δ N. 10.55
λάμπει δὲ I. 1.22
ἔστιν δ I. 4.31
κρίνεται δ I. 5.11
κλέονται δ I. 5.27
τετείχισται δὲ I. 5.44
φέρε δεὔμαλλον μίτραν I. 5.62
φλέγεται δὲ I. 7.23
ἔτλαν δὲ I. 7.37
παυσάμενοι δ *I. 8.7χρὴ δὲ I. 8.15
εἶπε δ I. 8.31
ἰόντων δ I. 8.41
ἔραται δέ Pae. 6.58
ἐπεύχομαι δ' Πα. 7B. 15. πεφόρητο δ' Πα. 7B. 49.ἐνέθηκε δὲ Pae. 8.82
ἔειπε δὲ[ Πα. 8A. 23.κατακρίθης δὲ Pae. 16.5
λέγοντι δὲ Δ. 1. 1. τρέχετο δὲ fr. 74. εὕδει δὲ fr. 131b. 3. μαντεύεο, Μοῖσα, προφατεύσω δἐγώ fr. 150. λαβὼν δ fr. 169. 20. λάμπει δὲ fr. 227. 2. κόρῳ δ *O. 1.56ἄνθεμα δὲ O. 2.72
Μοῖσα δ O. 3.4
ξείνων δ O. 4.4
χεῖρες δὲ O. 4.25
βασιλεὺς δ O. 6.47
Οὐρανὸς δ O. 7.38
Ὀρσοτρίαινα δ O. 8.48
πατρὶ δὲ O. 8.70
λαοὶ δ O. 9.46
κείνων δ (δ del. Schr.) O. 9.53τόλμα δὲ O. 9.82
φῶτας δ O. 9.91
μία δ O. 9.106
ἀρχαῖς δὲ O. 10.78
πολλὰ δ O. 12.10
πατρὸς δὲ O. 13.35
κῆλα δὲ P. 1.12
κίων δ P. 1.19
στρωμνὰ δὲ P. 1.28
ἄνδρα δ P. 1.42
χάρμα δ P. 1.59
ἄλλοις δέ P. 2.13
θεῶν δ P. 2.21
εὐναὶ δὲ P. 2.35
βουλαὶ δὲ P. 2.65
ψευδέων δ P. 3.29
δαίμων δ P. 3.34
βάματι δ P. 3.43
Διὸς δ P. 3.95
ἐσθὰς δ P. 4.79
φὴρ δέ P. 4.119
δράκοντος δὲ P. 4.244
πολλοῖσι δ P. 4.248
θεράπων δέ οἱ P. 4.287
σοφοὶ δέ τοι P. 5.12
νόῳ δὲ P. 6.47
Μεγάροις δ P. 8.78
“ φόβῳ δ” P. 9.32θαλάμῳ δὲ P. 9.68
ἀρεταὶ δ P. 9.76
πατρὸς δ P. 10.2
ἅρμα δ N. 1.7
ἀρχαὶ δὲ N. 1.8
Ἀχάρναι δὲ N. 2.16
διψῇ δὲ N. 3.6
Λαομέδοντα δ N. 3.36
σώματα δ N. 3.47
βοὰ δὲ N. 3.67
ῥῆμα δ N. 4.6
ἴυγγι δ N. 4.35
Θεανδρίδαισι δ N. 4.73
ὕμνος δὲ N. 4.83
πότμος δὲ N. 5.40
ἔργοις δὲ N. 7.14
σοφοὶ δὲ N. 7.20
σοφία δὲ N. 7.23
φυᾷ δ N. 7.54
Διὸς δὲ N. 7.80
βασιλῆα δὲ N. 7.82
παίδων δὲ παῖδες N. 7.100
χρεῖαι δ N. 8.42
ἀρχοὶ δὲ N. 9.14
Ἰσμηνοῦ δ N. 9.22
παῦροι δὲ N. 9.37
ἡσυχία δὲ N. 9.48
Σικυωνόθε δ N. 10.43
Κάστορος δ N. 10.49
“ παῦροι δ” N. 10.78Ζεὺς δ N. 10.79
λύρα δὲ N. 11.7
ἄνδρα δ N. 11.11
προμαθείας δ N. 11.46
μελέταν δ I. 5.28
Λάμπων δὲ I. 6.66
γλῶσσα δ I. 6.72
ἐπέων δὲ I. 8.46
Αἰολίδαν δὲ fr. 5.Παιὰν δὲ Πα. 2. 3,, 1. κείνοις δ' Pae. 2.68
τέρας δ Pae. 4.39
ἤτορι δὲ Pae. 6.12
Ἰλίου δὲ Pae. 6.81
ἀμφιπόλοις δὲ Pae. 6.117
ὑδάτεσσι δ Pae. 6.134
γνώμας δ Pae. 14.39
Ὀλυμ]πόθεν δέ Δ.. 3. πέτραι δ Δ... ἁνδρὸς δ Παρθ. 2. 3. ἀσκὸς δ fr. 104b. 4. πολλὰ δ fr. 111. 2. ὀδμὰ δ' Θρ... πυρὶ δ fr. 168. 3.ἑπτὰ δ O. 6.15
μελίφθογγοι δ O. 6.21
κυρίῳ δ O. 6.32
τερπνᾶς δέπεὶ O. 6.57
ἁδύλογοι δὲ O. 6.96
ἀγαθαὶ δὲ O. 6.100
ἐμῶν δ O. 6.105
τοῦτο δ O. 7.25
πολλαὶ δ O. 8.13
ἐσλὰ δ O. 8.84
ὀξείας δὲ O. 8.85
πτερόεντα δ O. 9.11
ἀγαθοὶ δὲ O. 9.28
ἄλλαι δὲ O. 9.86
ταύτᾳ δὲ O. 10.51
ἀφθόνητος δ O. 11.7
ἄμαχον δὲ O. 13.13
δύο δ O. 13.32
κελαινῶπιν δ P. 1.7
ναυσιφορήτοις δ P. 1.33
ἀψευδεῖ δὲ P. 1.86
εὐανθεῖ δ P. 1.89
πολλὰν δ P. 3.36
αἴθων δὲ P. 3.58
εἴκοσι δ P. 4.104
“ Κρονίδᾳ δὲ” P. 4.115 “ τρίταισιν δ” P. 4.143 ταχέες δ (δ del. Boeckh) P. 4.179χαλκέαις δ P. 4.226
ὀρθὰς δ P. 4.227
μεγάλαν δ P. 5.98
γλυκεῖα δὲ P. 6.82
νέᾳ δ P. 7.18
τέτρασι δ P. 8.81
ὠκεῖα δ P. 9.67
χρυσοστεφάνου δὲ P. 9.109
Ἰσμήνιον δ P. 11.6
κακολόγοι δὲ P. 11.28
ξυναῖσι δ (om. Tricl.) P. 11.54μεγάλων δ N. 1.11
ἁδυμελεῖ δ N. 2.25
χαρίεντα δ N. 3.12
καματωδέων δὲ *N. 3.17ποτίφορον δὲ N. 3.31
συγγενεῖ δέ N. 3.40
ξανθὸς δ N. 3.43
κραγέται δὲ N. 3.82
τυφλὸν δ N. 7.23
ποτίφορος δ N. 7.63
ἀγαπατὰ δὲ N. 8.4
μέγιστον δ N. 8.25
χρυσέων δ N. 8.27
κενεᾶν δ N. 8.45
θεσπεσία δ *N. 9.7κρέσσων δὲ N. 9.15
ἀργυρέαισι δὲ N. 9.51
ὕπατον δ N. 10.32
λαιψηροῖς δὲ N. 10.63
“ τόνδε δ” N. 10.80ἀπροσίκτων δ N. 11.48
μυρίαι δ I. 6.22
ἁδεῖα δ I. 6.50
ἀμνάμονες δὲ I. 7.17
θνατᾶς δ fr. 61. 5. σειρῆνα δὲ Παρθ. 2. 13. πιοστὰ δ' Παρθ. 2. 3. ἀκλεὴς δ (om. codd.: supp. Boeckh) fr. 105b. 3.εἰ δὲ O. 2.56
, O. 6.77, O. 8.54οἷον δ O. 9.89
εἰ δὲ O. 11.2
, O. 13.105, P. 3.110ὅσσα δὲ N. 2.17
εἰ δ N. 4.13
, N. 7.11, N. 7.86, N. 7.89, I. 1.41, I. 5.22τὰ δ N. 4.91
οἷοι δ I. 9.6
εἰ δέ τις Pae. 2.31
οἷσι δὲ (Boeckh: γὰρ ἂν codd.) fr. 133. 1.ἐμὲ δὲ O. 1.100
τὶν δὲ O. 5.7
ὔμμιν δὲ O. 13.14
τὺ δὲ P. 2.57
τὶν δὲ P. 4.275
σὲ δ P. 5.14
σεῦ δ N. 1.26
ἐγὼ δὲ N. 3.11
τὺ δ N. 5.41
ἐγὼ δ I. 6.16
τὺ δέ I. 7.31
τὶν δὲ Pae. 3.13
ἐμοὶ δ' Pae. 4.52
ὁ δ O. 7.10
τὰ δ O. 13.101
O. 13.106 ὁδὲ P. 1.8
οἱ δ P. 4.133
τῶν δ P. 4.277
τὸν δὲ P. 9.38
ὁ δὲ P.9.107. “ ταὶδ” P. 9.62τὰ δ N. 9.42
τοὶ δ N. 10.66
, I. 8.45 ἁ δὲ fr. 130. 6.τὸ δὲ O. 1.93
, O. 2.51αἱ δὲ O. 7.30
τὸ δὲ O. 10.55
ὁ δὲ P. 1.35
τὸ δὲ P. 1.99
τὸν δὲ P. 2.40
P. 3.108ἁ δὲ P. 3.114
τὸν δὲ P. 4.184
ὁ δ P. 5.60
τὸ δ P. 5.85
ὁ δὲ P. 9.78
τῶν δ P. 10.19
αἱ δὲ N. 4.2
ὁ δὲ N. 7.67
τὸ δὲ I. 7.47
τὰ]ν δὲ Pae. 1.9
ὁ δὲ Pae. 2.66
τὸ δὲ Pae. 4.32
ἐν δὲ O. 7.5
, O. 7.43ἄτερ δ O. 9.44
ἐν δὲ O. 13.22
, O. 13.40σὺν δ P. 1.51
ἐν δ P. 2.41
ἐκ δ P. 2.46
“ ἐν δὲ” P. 4.88ἐς δ P. 4.188
σὺν δ P. 4.221
ἐν δὲ P. 4.291
σὺν δ P. 9.115
ἐν δ P. 10.71
ἐκ δὲ N. 10.44
ἂν δ fr. 33d. 7, fr. 119. 1. σὺν δ fr. 122. 9. πρὸς δ fr. 123. 6.οὕτω δὲ O. 2.35
ἠυ δὲ O. 5.16
ἄλλοτε δ O. 7.11
ἀπάτερθε δ O. 7.74
μάλα δὲ O. 10.87
νῦν δ O. 13.104
οὕτω δ P. 1.56
εὖ δ P. 1.99
ἁμᾶ δ P. 3.36
τάχα δ P. 4.83
αἶψα δ P. 4.133
ἀκᾷ δ P. 4.156
τάχα δὲ P. 4.171
ἄτερθε δὲ P. 5.96
οὕτω δὲ P. 8.93
“ νῦν δ” P. 9.55οὕτω δ P. 9.117
ταχὺ δ P. 10.51
θαμὰ δ N. 1.22
μάλα δ N. 7.10
ἅμα δ fr. 74. ἔνθεν δὲ fr. 119. 2. ταχέως δ fr. 169. 24.b in enumeration, narration, simm. ὁ δ' ἐμὲ δ κράτει δὲ — O. 1.73—8. ἔργα δὲ ἦν δὲ δαέντι δὲ καὶ φαντὶ δ', ἁλμυροῖς δ, ἀπεόντος δ —. O. 7.52—8. γλαυκοὶ δὲ, οἱ δύο μὲν, αὖθι δ'. εἷς δ ἔννεπε δ — O. 8.37—41. ἔχεν δὲ, μάτρωος δὲ. πόλιν δ'. ἀφίκοντο δὲ. υἱὸν δὲ — O. 9.61—9. τὰ δὲ. σύνδικος δ'. τὸ δὲ. πολλοὶ δὲ. ἄνευ δὲ — O. 9.94—103. τράπε δὲ. πύκτας δ'. θάξαις δὲ. ἄπονον δ. ἀγῶνα δ, πέφνε δ. λόχμαισι δὲ — O. 10.15—30. ἀνὰ δ'. παρκείμενον δὲ. ἐνυπνίῳ δ. τελεῖ δὲ. ἀναβαὶς δ. σὺν δὲ — O. 13.72—87. “δώδεκα δὲ. τουτάκι δ'. φιλίων δ. φάτο δ. γίνωσκε δ. ἂν δ —” P. 4.25—34. ἐσσύμενοι δ'. τῶν δ. πραὺν δ — P. 4.135—6. ἐπεὶ δ'. ἐκ νεφέων δὲ. λαμπραὶ δ. ἀμπνοὰν δ. κάρυξε δ. εἰρεσία δ. σὺν Νότου δ. φοίνισσα δὲ. ἐς δὲ κίνδυνον — P. 4.191—207. πῦρ δὲ. σπασσάμενος δ'. ἴυξεν δ. πρὸς δ. αὐτίκα δ. ἔλπετο δ — P. 4.233—43. ὁ δ'. Μεσσανίου δὲ. χαμαιπετὲς δ. αὐτοῦ μένων δ — P. 6.33—8. κέρδος δὲ. βία δὲ. δμᾶθεν δὲ. ἔπεσε. τελέαν δ — P. 8.13—24. Μοῖσα δ'. παντᾷ δὲ. νόσοι δ. πόνων δὲ. θρασείᾳ δὲ. ἁγεῖτο δ — P. 10.37—45. ἔσταν δ'. λέλογχε δὲ. τέχναι δ. χρὴ δ — N. 1.19—25. ταχὺ δὲ. ἐν χερὶ δ'. ἔστα δὲ. παλίγγλωσσον δέ. γείτονα δ. ὁ δέ — N. 1.51—61. ἐν δ'. Θέτις δὲ. Νεοπτόλεμος δ. Παλίου δὲ. τὰ Δαιδάλου δὲ. ἄλαλκε δὲ. πῦρ δὲ. εἶδεν δ — N. 4.49—66. πρόφρων δὲ. ἐν δὲ. αἱ δὲ. ψεύσταν δὲ. τὸ δ'. τοῖο δ. εὐθὺς δ. ὁ δ — N. 5.22—34. ὁ δ' Μολοσσίᾳ δ. ᾤχετο δὲ. βάρυνθεν δὲ. ἐχρῆν δέ — N. 7.36—44. νεαρὰ δ'. ὄψον δὲ. ἅπτεται δ. χειρόνεσσι δ —. N. 8.20—2. πατρὶ δ — (Heyne: τ codd.) θρέψε δ'. ὁ δ — N. 10.12—3. Ζεὺς δ'. ἅμα δ. χαλεπὰ δ. ταχέως δ — N. 10.71—3. Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δ'. ζώει δὲ. πλαγίαις δὲ. εὐκλέων δ. ἔστι δὲ. τὰ δὲ. ἀνδρῶν δ — I. 3.4—13. εἷλε δὲ. πέφνεν δὲ, σφετέρας δ — I. 6.31—3. ἐν δὲ, ἄγγελλε δὲ. νῦν δαὖ Πα. 2.. νέφεσσι δ'. περὶ δ. ἐπεὶ δ Πα... ἔλαμψαν δ. τελέσαι δ. ἐφθέγξαντο δ Πα. 12. 1. ῥίμφα δ. ὁ δὲ. ἐμὲ δ — N. 2.19—23. τιμαὶ δὲ. παντὶ δ'. ὁ δὲ. φιλέων δ Παρθ. 1.. πολλὰ δ. τέλος δ. αἰὼν δὲ — fr. 111. 2—5. ἐν δ', παρὰ ναῦν δὲ. κάπρῳ δὲ — fr. 234. 2. connecting imperatives. δίδοι φωνάν, ἀνὰ δἱστία τεῖνον, πύκταν τέ νιν καὶ παγκρατίου φθέγξαι ἑλεῖν — ἀρετάν, προθύροισιν δΑἰακοῦ ἀνθέων ποιάεντα φέρε στεφανώματα (Wil.: φέρειν codd.) N. 5.51—4.c connecting subordinate clauses.ὅτε σύτο, κράτει δὲ προσέμειξε O. 1.22
φιάλαν ὡς εἴ τις δωρήσεται, ἐν δὲ θῆκε O. 7.5
ἁνίκ' ἤρειδε Ποσειδάν, ἤρειδε δέ μιν (Hermann: τε codd.) O. 9.31 ἔλπομαι μὴ βαλεῖν ἔξω, μακρὰ δὲ ῥίψαις ἀμεύσασθ' ἀντίους *P. 1.45ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ τείχει θέσαν, σέλας δ ἀμφέδραμεν P. 3.39
ὁπόθ' Ἁρμονίαν γᾶμεν βοῶπιν, ὁ δὲ Νηρέος εὐβούλου Θέτιν παῖδα P. 3.92
ὄφρα ἀφέλοιτ' αἰδῶ, ποθεινὰ δ Ἑλλὰς δονέοι P. 4.218
εἰ γάρ τις ἐξερείψειεν αἰσχύνοι δὲ P. 4.264
διαγγέλοισ, ὅτι νίκη ἐκ δὲ Κρόνου Αἰακίδας ἐγέραιρεν N. 5.7
εἰ δὲ μάρνασαι, πάντων δὲ νοεῖς ἀποδάσσασθαι ἴσον N. 10.86
εἰ δέ τις ἔνδον νέμει πλοῦτον ἄλλοισι δἐμπίπτων γελᾷ I. 1.68
ἢ Δωρίδ' ἀποικίαν οὕνεκεν ὀρθῷ ἔστασας ἐπὶ σφυρῷ Λακεδαιμονίων, ἕλον δ Ἀμύκλας I. 7.14
τέρας, ἅν τε βροτοὶ Δᾶλον κικλῄσκοισιν, μάκαρες δἐν Ὀλύμπῳ χθονὸς ἄστρον fr. 33c. 5. ἁνίκ' οἴχονται μέριμναι πελάγει δ ἐν πολυχρύσοιο πλούτου πάντες ἴσᾳ νέομεν fr. 124. 6.d connecting parts of sentences.ἴσαις δὲ νύκτεσσιν αἰεί, ἴσαις δ' ἁμέραις O. 2.62
μαιομένων μεγάλαν ἀρετὰν θυμῷ λαβεῖν, τῶν δὲ μόχθων ἀμπνοὰν O. 8.7
ἐρέω ταύταν χάριν, τὰν δ' ἔπειτ O. 8.58
Ἄργει τ' ἔσχεθε κῦδος ἀνδρῶν παῖς δ ἐν Ἀθάναις O. 9.88
πόλλἄνω, τὰ δαὖ κάτω O. 12.6
οἶκον ἥμερον ἀστοῖς ξένοισι δὲ θεράποντα (v. 1. τε) O. 13.3ἐν Ἀθάναισι τρία ἔργα ποδαρκὴς ἁμέρα θῆκε κάλλιστ' ἀμφὶ κόμαις, Ἑλλώτια δ ἑπτάκις O. 13.40
Ζηνὸς υἱοὶ τρεῖς δοιοὶ δ' ὑψιχαῖται ἀνέρες P. 4.172
κεῖνος γὰρ ἐν παισὶν νέος, ἐν δὲ βουλαῖς πρέσβυς P. 4.282
βουσὶν εἰρήναν παρέχοισα πατρῴαις, τὸν δὲ σύγκοιτον γλυκὺν ὕπνον ἀναλίσκοισα P. 9.23
“θήσονταί τέ νιν ἀθάνατον, Ζῆνα καὶ ἁγνὸν Ἀπόλλων' Ἀγρέα καὶ Νόμιον, τοῖς δ Ἀρισταῖον καλεῖν” P. 9.65ἑξέτης τὸ πρῶτον, ὅλον δ' ἔπειτ ἂν χρόνον N. 3.49
πεντάκις Ἰσθμοῖ στεφανωσάμενος Νεμέᾳ δὲ τρεῖς N. 6.20
χρυσὸν εὔχονται, πεδίον δ' ἕτεροι ἀπέραντον N. 8.37
αἰνέων αἰνητά, μομφὰν δ' ἐπισπείρων ἀλιτροῖς N. 8.39
μορφὰν βραχύς, ψυχὰν δ' ἄκαμπτος, προσπαλαίσων ἦλθ ἀνὴρ I. 4.53
τὶν δ' ἐν Ἰσθμῷ διπλόα θάλλοισ ἀρετά, Φυλακίδα, κεῖται, Νεμέᾳ δὲ καὶ ἀμφοῖν Πυθέᾳ τε, παγκρατίου I. 5.18
ἄραντο γὰρ νίκας τρεῖς ἀπ' Ἰσθμοῦ τὰς δ ἀπ εὐφύλλου Νεμέας I. 6.61
εἴπερ τριῶν Ἰσθμ（οῖ), Νεμλτ;έγτ;αλτ;ι δγτ;ὲ δυ[οῖν (supp. Lobel e Σ.) fr. 6a. h. ὃς ἀνα[ίνετο] αὐταρχεῖν, πολίων δ' ἑκατὸν πεδεχεῖν Πα. 4. 37, similarly, connecting subordinate infinitives, O. 13.80, N. 7.46, N. 9.31 νίκαις, αἷς ἐν ἀιόνεσσιν Ὀγχη[στοῦ κλυ]τᾶς, ταῖς δὲ ναὸν Ἰτωνίας [] ἐκόσμηθεν Παρθ. 2.. θεῷ δὲ δύνατον ὄρσαι φάος, κελαινεφέι δὲ σκότει καλύψαι fr. 108b. 3. irregularly coordinating:τόλμᾳ γὰρ εἰκὼς θυμὸν ἐριβρεμετᾶν θηρῶν λεόντων ἐν πόνῳ, μῆτιν δ' ἀλώπηξ I. 4.65
e in anaphora.ἴσαις δὲ, ἴσαις δ O. 2.62
ἤρειδε Ποσειδάν, ἤρειδεν δὲ (Hermann: τε codd.) O. 9.32πέφνε Κτέατον ἀμύμονα, πέφνε δ' Εὔρυτον O. 10.28
ἔστιν. ἔστιν δ O. 11.2
ἐν δὲ Μοῖσ' ἁδύπνοος, ἐν δ Ἄρης ἀνθεῖ O. 13.22
τίς γὰρ ἀρχὰ, τίς δὲ κίνδυνος P. 4.71
τὺ γὰρ. τὺ δ P. 8.8
τὰν μάλα πολλοὶ ἀριστῆες ἀνδρῶν αἴτεον σύγγονοι, πολλοὶ δὲ καὶ ξένων P. 9.108
cf.πολλὰ μὲν πολλὰ δὲ P. 9.123
—5.Ζεῦ, τεὸν γὰρ αἶμα, σέο δ' ἀγών N. 3.65
—μαχατὰν αἰνέων Μελέαγρον, αἰνέων δὲ καὶ Ἕκτορα I. 7.32
χρὴ δ'. χρὴ δ I. 8.15
κλεινὸς Αἰακοῦ λόγος, κλεινὰ δὲ καὶ ναυσικλυτὸς Αἴγινα I. 9.1
“ἔα, φρήν, κυπάρισσον, ἔα δὲ νομὸν Περιδάιον Pae. 4.51
cf. Πα.. 23. ἐν δὲ. ἐν δὲ. ἐν δ' Δ. 2. 10—15.f introducing parenthesis.ὁ δ' ἐπαντέλλων χρόνος τοῦτο πράσσων μὴ κάμοι O. 8.28
ἷκεν δὲ Μιδέαθενστρατὸν ἐλαύνων O. 10.66
ἄγει δὲ χάρις P. 2.17
χόλος δ' οὐκ ἀλίθιος γίνεται παίδων Διός P. 3.11
“ αἰσίαν δ” P. 4.23μόλεν Δανάας ποτὲ παῖς, ἁγεῖτο δ' Ἀθάνα, ἐς ἀνδρῶν μακάρων ὅμιλον P. 10.45
ἐκ δὲ τελευτάσει νιν ἤτοι σάμερον δαίμων, τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτόν, ἀλλ' ἔσται (Tricl.: γε codd.) P. 12.30ὀκτὼ στεφάνοις ἔμιχθεν ἤδη, ἑπτὰ δ' ἐν Νεμέᾳ, τὰ δ οἴκοι μάσσον ἀριθμοῦ, Διὸς ἀγῶνι N. 2.23
κιρναμένα δ' ἔερσ ἀμφέπει N. 3.78
ἐν Πυθίοισι δὲ δαπέδοις κεῖται N. 7.34
γαστρὶ δὲ πᾶς τις ἀμύνων λιμὸν αἰανῆ τέταται I. 1.49
χρὴ δὲ πᾶν ἔρδοντ' ἀμαυρῶσαι τὸν ἐχθρόν I. 4.48
ga introducing question. θανεῖν δ' οἶσιν ἀνάγκα, τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἕψοι μάταν; O. 1.82 εἰ δ' εἴη μὲν Ὀλυμπιονίκας, τίνα κεν φύγοι ὕμνον; O. 6.4 κέρδει δὲ τί μάλα τοῦτο κερδάλεον τελέθει; P. 2.78 τίς δὲ κίνδυνος; P. 4.71 τί δέ τις; τί δ' οὔ τις; P. 8.95 “τίς νιν ἀνθρώπων τέκεν; ποίας δ' ἀποσπασθεῖσα φύτλας” P. 9.33 “ κούρας δ' ὁπόθεν γενεὰν ἐξερωτᾷς;” P. 9.43πολέμοιο δὲ σᾶμα φέρεις τινός; Pae. 9.13
II following questions.τίς βασιλέα δίδυμον ἐπέθηκ; ἐν δὲ Μοῖσ' ἁδύπνοος O. 13.22
“ποίας δ' ἀποσπασθεῖσα φύτλας ; γεύεται δ ἀλκᾶς” P. 9.35ἔννυχοι πάραγον κοῖται; τὸ δὲ νέαις ἀλόχοις ἔχθιστον ἀμπλάκιον P. 11.25
III in questions, varied with asyndeton. τίνα θεόν, τίν' ἥρωα, τίνα δ ἄνδρα κελαδήσομεν; O. 2.2 cf.βασιλεύς, πραὺς ἀστοῖς, οὐ φθονέων ἀγαθοῖς, ξείνοις δὲ θαυμαστὸς πατήρ P. 3.71
h where δέ replaces an expected γάρ. χαλκέοισι δἐν ἔντεσι (ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. Σ.) O. 4.22 ἐκ Λυκίας δὲ (ἀντὶ τοῦ γάρ. Σ.) O. 13.60Πυθιάδος δ P. 1.32
ἔστι δὲ P. 3.21
βαρὺ δέ σφιν νεῖκος N. 6.50
φλέγεται δ N. 10.2
ἐκ δὲ N. 11.19
The Σ also comment ἀντὶτοῦ γάρ: O. 2.58, O. 6.3, P. 3.12, but δέ often contains a notion of explanation.i introducing an appositive phrase. ἀφίκοντο δέ οἱ ξένοιἕκ τ' Ἄργεος, ἔκ τε Θηβᾶν, οἱ δ Ἀρκάδες οἱ δὲ καὶ Πισᾶται O. 9.68
3 apodotic. εἰ δ' ἀριστεύει μὲν ὕδωρ, κτεάνων δὲ χρυσὸς αἰδοιέστατος, νῦν δὲ Θήρων ἅπτεται Ἡρακλέος σταλᾶν (v. 1. γε) O. 3.43 [δ codd.: del. Er. Schmid sec.Σ. P. 11.56
]4 where δέ does not occupy second position in the sentence.I following a vocative.υἱὲ Ταντάλου, σὲ δ O. 1.36
Ἁγησία, τὶν δ O. 6.12
δέσποτα ποντόμεδον, εὐθὺν δὲ πλόον O. 6.103
Τιμόσθενες, ὔμμε δὲ O. 8.15
Ζεῦ τέλεἰ, αἰεὶ δὲ P. 1.67
ὦ μάκαρ υἱὲ Πολυμνάστου, σὲ δ P. 4.59
Ἀλεξιβιάδα, σὲ δ P. 5.45
ὦναξ, ἑκόντι δ' εὔχομαι νόῳ P. 8.67
Ἄπολλον, γλυκὺ δ P. 10.10
Μοῖσα, τὸ δὲ τεὸν P. 11.41
Ἁγησιδάμου παῖ, σέο δ N. 1.29
ὦ Τιμόδημε, σὲ δ N. 2.14
Θεαρίων, τὶν δ N. 7.58
ὦ μάκαρ, τὶν δ N. 7.95
ὦ Μέγα, τὸ δ N. 8.44
Ζεῦ, μεγάλαι δ I. 3.4
II following a prep.πρὸς εὐάνθεμον δ' ὅτε φυὰν O. 1.67
ἐπ' ἄλλοισι δ ἄλλοι (ἐπ om. codd.: supp. byz.: alia alii) O. 1.113πρὸς Πιτάναν δὲ O. 6.28
περὶ θνατῶν δ O. 6.50
ἀν' ἵπποισι δὲ O. 10.69
ἐκ θεοῦ δ O. 11.10
ἐξ ὀνείρου δ O. 13.66
ἀντὶ δελφίνων δ P. 4.17
ἐν δαιτὸς δὲ μοίρᾳ P. 4.127
ἐξ Ἀπόλλωνος δὲ P. 4.17
b.ἐκ νεφέων δὲ P. 4.197
σὺν Νότου δ' αὔραις P. 4.303
ἐς φᾶσιν δ P. 4.211
ἀνὰ βωλακίας δ P. 4.228
κατὰ λαύρας δ P. 8.86
ἐν χερὶ δ N. 1.52
ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ N. 6.1
σὺν θεοῦ δὲ τύχᾳ N. 6.24
ἐκ πόνων δ N. 9.44
ἐν λόγοις δ N. 11.17
ἐν σχερῷ δ N. 11.39
ἐν Κρίσᾳ δ I. 2.18
σὺν Ὀρσέᾳ δέ I. 4.72
σὺν Χάρισιν δ I. 5.21
ἐκ μεγάλων δὲ πενθέων I. 8.6
“ ἐν διχομηνίδεσσιν δὲ ἑσπέραις” *I. 8.44σὺν θεῶν δέ νιν αἴσᾳ I. 9.1
ἐν χρόνῳ δ fr. 33b. ἐν ἔργμασιν δὲ fr. 38.πρὸ πόνων δὲ Pae. 6.90
III following article with adj., part., prep., simm.ὁ μέγας δὲ κίνδυνος O. 1.81
ὁ νικῶν δ O. 1.97
τὸ πόρσω δ O. 3.44
τὸ διδάξασθαι δέ τοι O. 8.59
αἱ δύο δἀμπλακίαι P. 2.30
τὸ πλουτεῖν δὲ P. 2.56
ἐν πάντα δὲ νόμον P. 2.86
ὁ Βάττου δ P. 5.55
τὰ μακρὰ δ N. 4.33
τᾷ Δαιδάλου δὲ (τε coni. Schr.) N. 4.59 ταὐτὰ δὲ *N. 7.104ὁ πονήσαις δὲ I. 1.40
Πρωτεσίλα, τὸ τεὸν δὲ I. 1.58
ὁ κινητὴρ δὲ γᾶς I. 4.19
τὰν Ψαλυχιαδᾶν δὲ πάτραν I. 6.63
τὰ μακρὰ δ' εἴ τις I. 7.43
τῷ παρέοντι δ fr. 43. 4. ὁ ζαμενὴς δ' ὁ χοροιτύπος fr. 156. ἁ Μειδύλου δ fr. 190.IV following two emphatically connected words. φιλεῖ δὲ, μάλα φιλεῖ δὲ (post μάλα distinxerunt codd.: corr. Bergk) O. 2.27 αὐτοῦ μένων δ' ὁ θεῖος ἀνὴρ (post αὐτοῦ distinxerunt codd.: corr. Heyne: δ del. Bergk) P. 6.38 τῶν νῦν δὲ (byz.: τῶν δὲ νῦν codd.) P. 6.43 < οὐ πενθέων δ> (supp. Blass e Plutarcho) Πα... νηλεεῖ νοῷ δ fr. 177e.V for metrical convenience? παῖδ' ἐρατὸν δ Ἀρχεστράτου (δ supp. Mosch.: om. codd.) O. 10.995 beginning fragments, where its value is obscure. fr. 2. 1, fr. 6. a. d, fr. 33a. 3, fr. 44, Πα. 2. 3,, Πα. 7B. 14, Πα. 12., Πα. 13a. 18, Πα. 13c. 5, Πα. 1. 31, 3, Πα. 1., Πα. 2. 1, Πα. 21. 1, Πα. 21. 21, fr. 60a. 3, fr. 81, Δ.. 1, Δ. 4. 46, fr. 74, fr. 108a. 1, b. 1, fr. 110, fr. 121, fr. 124c, fr. 177f, fr. 179, fr. 185, fr. 215. 2, fr. 215b. 4, fr. 219, 227, 233, 236, 237, 260. 2, 5, Θρ.. 2, Θρ. 6. 7, fr. 131a, fr. 135, fr. 153, fr. 166. 1, fr. 169. 49, fr. 177c. -
2 τε
τε, enclitic Particle, with two main uses (v. infr. A, B).A as a Conjunction,I τε.. τε, both.. and, joining single words, phrases, clauses, or sentences, the first τε merely pointing forward to the second,ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἀγαθῶν τε κακῶν τε Hes.Op. 669
;δίψῃ τε λιμῷ τε A.Pers. 491
, cf. S.Aj.34,35, Ar.Ach. 370, 375;τήν τε νῆσον τήν τε ἤπειρον Th.4.8
, cf. Antipho 2.3.3, Pl. R. 373b;λυσόμενός τε θύγατρα, φέρων τ' ἀπερείσι' ἄποινα Il.1.13
; παῖδά τε σοὶ ἀγέμεν Φοίβῳ θ' ἱερὴν ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ib. 443; the elements joined by τε.. τε are usu. short in Hom., longer in later Gr., e.g.ἐπειδὴ πρόξενοί τέ εἰσιν Ἀθηναίων καὶ εὐεργέται.., ἔν τε τῇ στήλῃ γέγραπται IG12.103.7
;ἥ τε γὰρ γῆ.. εὔυδρός ἐστι, ποταμοί τε δι' αὐτῆς ῥέουσι Hdt.4.47
; χρὴ.. τούς τε πρεσβυτέρους ὁμοιωθῆναι τοῖς πρὶν ἔργοις, τούς τε νεωτέρους.. μὴ αἰσχῦναι κτλ. Th.4.92, cf. Pl.R. 474c, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Is.1.50; τά τε γὰρ ληφθέντα πάντ' ἂν σῴζοιτο οἵ τ' ἀδικήσαντες κατ' ἀξίαν λάβοιεν τὰ ἐπιτίμια Aen. Tact.16.8, cf. Gp.2.49.1, 12.3.2-3;τούτου γὰρ γενομένου.. τά τε ἐχφόρια Χρυσέρμῳ δυνήσομαι ἀποδοῦναι, ἐγώ τε ἔσομαι παρὰ σοῦ φιλανθρωπίας τετευχώς PEnteux.60.11
(iii B.C.);κλείειν τε τὰ βλέφαρα δεομένων ἐλπιζόντων τε κοιμηθήσεσθαι Gal.16.494
, cf. 495,501; this use is common at all times in οὔτε.. οὔτε, μήτε.. μήτε, εἴτε.. εἴτε (qq.v.); τε may be used three or more times,ἔν τ' ἄρα οἱ φῦ χειρί, ἔπος τ' ἔφατ' ἔκ τ' ὀνόμαζεν Od.15.530
, cf. Il.1.177, 2.58, A.Pr. 89sq., B.17.19sq., Lys. 19.17, X.Cyr.3.3.36:— ἑνδεκάτη τε δυωδεκάτη τε prob. means the eleventh or twelfth, Od.2.374, 4.588:—sts. τε.. τε couples alternatives, , cf. Heracl. 153, El. 391; hence we find τε.. ἢ.., Pl.Tht. 143c, Ion 535d; on ἢ (or ἦ) .. τε in Il.2.289 and A.Eu. 524 (lyr.) v. ἦ 1.3.2 the first clause may be negative, the second affirmative, asἐκκλησίαν τε οὐκ ἐποίει.., τήν τε πόλιν ἐφύλασσε Th.2.22
; but οὔτε.. τε is more freq., asοὔτε ποσίν εἰμι ταχύς.., γιγνώσκω τε X.Cyr.2.3.6
(v.οὔτε 11.4
); we also find οὐ.. τε.. , asοὐχ ἡσύχαζον.., παρεκάλουν τε τοὺς ξυμμάχους Th.1.67
; and μὴ.. τε.. , as ἵνα μή τι διαφύγῃ ἡμᾶς, εἴ τέ τι βούλει κτλ. Pl.Phd. 95e.a τε.. δὲ.. , asκόμισαί τέ με, δὸς δέ μοι ἵππους Il.5.359
, cf. 7.418, S.OC 367, Tr. 285, E.Ph. 1625;ἐσθὰς ἀμφότερόν νιν ἔχεν, ἅ τε.. ἐπιχώριος.., ἀμφὶ δὲ παρδαλέᾳ στέγετο Pi.P.4.80
;διήκουέ τε.., ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ ἐπῄνεσε X.Cyr.4.4.3
; so with ἅμα δὲ καὶ.., ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ.., Th.1.25, Pl.Smp. 186e:—so τε.., ἀτὰρ οὖν καὶ.., Id.Hp.Ma. 295e.bμὲν.. τε.., ἄνδρα μὲν.., τρεῖς τε κασιγνήτους Il.19.291
-3, cf. Od.22.475-6, Pi.O.6.88, 7.88, A.Th. 924, Ch. 585 (lyr.), S.Ant. 963 (lyr.), E.Heracl. 337 codd., Cyc.41 (lyr.), Ar.Nu. 563(lyr.), Pl.Phdr. 266c, Lg. 927b: v. μέν A. 11.6c.4 a single τε ( and) joins a word, phrase, or (esp. later) clause or sentence to what precedes,τελευτὴν κεφαλήν τε Pl.Ti. 69a
; θνητὰ ἀθάνατά τε ib.c;Ζεῦ ἄλλοι τε θεοί Il.6.476
; ; ῥίγησέν τ' ἂρ ἔπειτα ἄναξ ἀνδρῶν Ἀγαμέμνων v.l. for δ' ἂρ in 11.254; ἕν τε οὐδὲν κατέστη ἴαμα.., σῶμά τε αὔταρκες ὂν οὐδὲν διεφάνη.., Th.2.51; τά τε ἱερὰ.. νεκρῶν πλέα ἦν.. ib.52; νόμοι τε πάντες ξυνεταράχθησαν ibid.; , cf. 253, 262, al.;εἴς τε τὰς ἄλλας.. ἀθροίζεσθαι Aen.Tact.3.5
; τῶν τε ἀρχόντων.. ib.6, cf. 10.8, al.;ὅ τε γραφεὶς κύκλος.. Archim.Spir.11
Def.7;πρός τε τούτοις φησὶν.. PEnteux.63.18
(iii B.C.);χωρίς τε τούτων Plb.2.56.13
, 61.1, 3.17.7;ταῦτά τ' ἐγίνετο.. Id.2.43.6
, cf. 3.70.4;ἀπαιτούμενός τε ὑπ' ἐμοῦ τὰ ἔρια οὐκ ἀποδίδωσί PEnteux.2.6
, cf. 8.4, al. (iii B.C.); γράψαι Ἀγαθοκλεῖ τῷ ἐπιστάτῃ διασαφῆσαί τε αὐτῷ ib.81.21 (iii B.C.);καθόλου τε.. Arr.Epict.1.19.13
, cf. 2.2.17; , cf. 24, al.;ὄξει βαφικῷ στυπτηρίᾳ τε PHolm. 1.4
, cf. Gem.16.6;χρὴ.. λαχάνων ἅπτεσθαι, κοιλίαν τε λύειν Gp.1.12.19
, cf. 2.2.2, al.; this τε may be used any number of times, Od.4.149- 150, 14.75, 158-9, Men.Pk.15,16,20, Hipparch.1.9.8, Act.Ap.2.43,46, 4.13, 14, al.II τε.. καὶ.. , or τε καὶ.. , both.. and.., where τε points forward to καί, and usu. need not be translated, e.g. ; εἰ δὴ ὁμοῦ πόλεμός τε δαμᾷ καὶ λοιμὸς Ἀχαιούς ib.61; δειλός τε καὶ οὐτιδανὸς καλεοίμην ib. 293;ζωόν τε καὶ ἀρτεμέα 7.308
, cf. 327, 338, al.;τῆς τε γῆς ἐούσης ἐπιτηδέης καὶ τῶν ποταμῶν ἐόντων σφι συμμάχων Hdt.4.47
;βούλεταί τε καὶ ἐπίσταται Th.2.35
;ὁ φύς τε καὶ τραφείς Pl.R. 396c
;βάσιν τε γὰρ πάλιν τὴν αὐτὴν ἔχουσι τὴν ΖΒ καὶ.. Euc.1.47
; sts. the elements joined by τε.. καὶ.. are joined in order to be compared or contrasted rather than simply joined, ; ; ; ἐπαύσατό τε ὁ ἄνεμος καὶ τὸ κῦμα ἔστρωτο ib. 193;ταὐτὰ.. νῦν τε καὶ τότε Ar.Av. 24
; ; ; sts. (like τε.. τε) even used of alternatives,διάνδιχα μερμήριξεν, ἵππους τε στρέψαι καὶ ἐναντίβιον μαχέσασθαι Il.8.168
;ἐν δίκᾳ τε καὶ παρὰ δίκαν Pi.O.2.16
;θεοῦ τε.. θέλοντος καὶ μὴ θέλοντος A.Th. 427
;πείσας τε.. καὶ μὴ τυχών Th.3.42
:—on οἵ τε ἄλλοι καὶ.. , e.g.τοῖς τε ἄλλοις ἅπασι καὶ Λακεδαιμονίοις Isoc.12.249
, and ἄλλως τε καὶ.. , v. ἄλλος 11.6,ἄλλως 1.3
.2 in this sense τ' ἠδέ is only [dialect] Ep.,σκῆπτρόν τ' ἠδὲ θέμιστας Il.9.99
, cf. 1.400, al.; alsoτε.., ἰδέ, χαλκόν τε ἰδὲ λόφον 6.469
, cf. 8.162.3 καὶ.. τε, both.. and.., is occasionally found, as καὶ μητέρα πατέρα τ' E.Alc. 646.b καὶ.. τε perh. means and.. also inκαὶ ναυτικῷ τε ἅμα Th.1.9
;καὶ πρός τε τοὺς Ῥηγίνους Id.6.44
;καὶ αὐτός τε Id.8.68
; v. infr. c. 10.4 τε.. τε or τε.. καὶ.. sts. join elements which are not syntactically parallel, esp. a part. and a finite verb, ἰοῖσίν τε τιτυσκόμενοι λάεσσί τ' ἔβαλλον (for βάλλοντες) Il.3.80; ; ;τῆς τε ὥρας.. ταύτης οὔσης.., καὶ τὸ χωρίον.. χαλεπὸν ἦν Id.7.47
, cf. 4.85, 8.81, 95.5 the copulative τε becomes rare in later Gr.; it is found about 340 times in LXX, mostly in the Pentateuch and 1-4 Ma., only 3 times in Ps.; in the NT it is found about 150 times in Act.Ap., 20 times in Ep.Hebr., and very rarely in the other books.B In [dialect] Ep. (more rarely in other dactylic verse, v. infr. 11) τε stands in general or frequentative statements or in statements of what is well known; such statements are freq. made as justifications of a preceding particular statement or of a preceding exhortation to a particular person or persons; the sense of τε thus approaches that of τοι (cf. τοι and τε in Od.2.276-7, and cf. Il.13.115 with 15.203); although associated with numerous particles and other words of particular types (v. infr.) its meaning remains independent of these and applies to the whole sentence in which it stands: ; ;θεοὶ δέ τε πάντα ἴσασιν 4.379
, cf. 5.79, 447, 10.306, 17.485, Il.9.497, 16.688, 17.176, 21.264; , cf. Od.11.537, Il.24.526;ἤ τ' ἔβλητ' ἤ τ' ἔβαλ' ἄλλον 11.410
;οὐ μὲν γάρ τε κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
;οἳ φύλλοισιν ἐοικότες ἄλλοτε μέν τε ζαφλεγέες τελέθουσιν.. ἄλλοτε δὲ.. Il.21.464
; , cf. 8.169, 170, 15.400; τοῦ γάρ τε ξεῖνος μιμνήσκεται ἤματα πάντα, ἀνδρὸς ξεινοδόκου, ὅς κεν φιλότητα παράσχῃ ib.54, cf. 17.322;ῥεχθὲν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Il.17.32
;παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω Hes.Op. 218
;αἰεὶ γάρ τε νεώτεροι ἀφραδέουσιν Od. 7.294
; δύσζηλοι γάρ τ' εἰμὲν ἐπὶ χθονὶ φῦλ' ἀνθρώπων ib. 307;τοῦ δέ τε πολλοὶ ἐπαυρίσκοντ' ἄνθρωποι, καί τε πολέας ἐσάωσε Il.13.733
-4; τοῦ μὲν γάρ τε κακοῦ τρέπεται χρὼς ἄλλυδις ἄλλῃ, ἐν δέ τέ οἱ κραδίη στέρνοισι πατάσσει.., πάταγος δέ τε γίγνετ' ὀδόντων ib. 279-83; ;νέῳ δέ τε πάντ' ἐπέοικεν.. κεῖσθαι 22.71
;κατέλεξεν ἅπαντα κήδε' ὅσ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλει, τῶν ἄστυ ἁλώῃ· ἄνδρας μὲν κτείνουσι, πόλιν δέ τε πῦρ ἀμαθύνει, τέκνα δέ τ' ἄλλοι ἄγουσι, βαθυζώνους τε γυναῖκας 9.592
-4, cf. 22.492, 495, 499;νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδέν· καὶ γάρ τίς τ' ἀλλοῖον ὀδύρεται ἄνδρ' ὀλέσασα.. ἢ Ὀδυσῆ' Od.19.265
;σχέτλιε, καὶ μέν τίς τε χερείονι πείθεθ' ἑταίρῳ.., αὐτὰρ ἐγὼ θεός εἰμι 20.45
, cf. 23.118, Il.2.292, 9.632; νῦν δὲ μνησώμεθα δόρπου· καὶ γάρ τ' ἠΰκομος Νιόβη ἐμνήσατο σίτου κτλ. 24.602 (where a general inference is implied);ὃν Βριάρεων καλέουσι θεοί, ἄνδρες δέ τε πάντες Αἰγαίων' 1.403
, cf. 2.814, 5.306, 10.258, 14.290; sts. of repeated action by particular persons,ἄλλοτε μέν τε γόῳ φρένα τέρπομαι Od.4.102
;οὐ μὰ γὰρ Ἀπόλλωνα Διὶ φίλον, ᾧ τε σύ, Κάλχαν, εὐχόμενος.. θεοπροπίας ἀναφαίνεις Il.1.86
; ἡ δὲ.. μ' αἰεὶ.. νεικεῖ, καί τέ μέ φησι μάχῃ Τρώεσσιν ἀρήγειν ib. 521;μήτηρ γάρ τέ μέ φησι θεά, Θέτις ἀργυρόπεζα, διχθαδίας κῆρας φερέμεν θανάτοιο τέλοσδε 9.410
.2 in exhortations addressed to an individual, a subsidiary sentence or relative clause in which he is reminded of his special or characteristic sphere of activity is marked by τε, e.g.Ἑρμεία, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε φίλτατόν ἐστιν ἀνδρὶ ἑταιρίσσαι καί τ' ἔκλυες ᾧ κ' ἐθέλῃσθα, βάσκ' ἴθι.. Il.24.334
;Ἀτρεΐδη, σοὶ γάρ τε μάλιστά γε λαὸς Ἀχαιῶν πείσονται μύθοισι.., νῦν δ' ἀπὸ πυρκαϊῆς σκέδασον.. 23.156
;δεῦρο δὴ ὄρσο, γρηῢ.., ἥ τε γυναικῶν δμῳάων σκοπός ἐσσι.., ἔρχεο Od. 22.395
, cf. Il.17.249.3 similarly in general and frequentative statements consisting of two clauses (one of which may be a relative clause, freq. containing the subj. or opt.), in which the fulfilment of the condition stated in the subsidiary or subordinate clause is declared to be generally or always followed by the result stated in the principal clause, either or both clauses may contain τε:a the principal clause alone contains τε, ὅς κε θεοῖς ἐπιπείθηται, μάλα τ' ἔκλυον αὐτοῦ Il.1.218
;ὃς δ' ἂν ἀμύμων αὐτὸς ἔῃ καὶ ἀμύμονα εἰδῇ, τοῦ μέν τε κλέος εὐρὺ διὰ ξεῖνοι φορέουσι πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους, πολλοί τέ μιν ἐσθλὸν ἔειπον Od.19.333
;εἴ περ γὰρ θυμῷ γε μενοινάᾳ πολεμίζειν, ἀλλά τε λάθρῃ γυῖα βαρύνεται.., βλάβεται δέ τε γούνατ' ἰόντι Il.19.165
-6;ᾧ μέν κ' ἀμμείξας δώῃ Ζεὺς τερπικέραυνος, ἄλλοτε μέν τε κακῷ ὅ γε κύρεται ἄλλοτε δ' ἐσθλῷ 24.530
.b the subordinate clause alone contains τε, λάζετο δ' ἔγχος.. τῷ δάμνησι στίχας ἀνδρῶν ἡρώων οἷσίν τε κοτέσσεται ὀβριμοπάτρη 5.747
;ῥεῖα δ' ἀρίγνωτος γόνος ἀνέρος ᾧ τε Κρονίων ὄλβον ἐπικλώση Od.4.207
;ἀντί νυ πολλῶν λαῶν ἐστιν ἀνὴρ ὅν τε Ζεὺς κῆρι φιλήσῃ Il.9.117
, cf. 7.298, Od.6.287, 7.74, 8.547, 18.276; with opt.,ἀλλὰ πολὺ πρώτιστος.. ἕλεσκον ἀνδρῶν δυσμενέων ὅ τέ μοι εἴξειε πόδεσσι 14.221
: it is prob. that τε has been replaced by κε in the text of Hom. in Il.1.218, 9.510 (cf. 508), and some other passages in which κε seems to be used, exceptionally, in general relative clauses.c both clauses contain τε, ὃς μέν τ' αἰδέσεται κούρας Διὸς ἆσσον ἰούσας, τὸν δὲ μέγ' ὤνησαν καί τ' ἔκλυον εὐχομένοιο Il.9.508
-9;εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον γε καὶ αὐτῆμαρ καταπέψῃ, ἀλλά τε καὶ μετόπισθεν ἔχει κότον 1.82
-3.4 in the subordinate clause of a collective sentence, in which the principal clause states something to be true of all those (i.e. each individual) to whom the predicate of the subordinate clause applies,ὑπόσχωμαι.. κτήματα.. πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα τ' Ἀλέξανδρος.. ἠγάγετο Τροίηνδ'.. δωσέμεν Il.22.115
; , cf. Od.18.131, Il.19.105; , cf. 18.485.5 in relative clauses (and in parenthetic principal clauses) which indicate what is customary, ἐπεὶ οὐχ ἱερήϊον οὐδὲ βοείην ἀρνύσθην, ἅ τε ποσσὶν ἀέθλια γίγνεται ἀνδρῶν which are the usual prizes.., Il.22.160;ἔργ' ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε, τά τε κλείουσιν ἀοιδοί Od.1.338
, cf. 3.435, 4.85, 13.410, 14.226, 17.423, Il.5.332;κύματος ἐξαναδύς, τά τ' ἐρεύγεται ἤπειρόνδε Od.5.438
;μολπή τ' ὀρχηστύς τε, τὰ γάρ τ' ἀναθήματα δαιτός 1.152
: similarly in clauses withοἷά τε (πολλά), κῆτος ἐπισσεύῃ μέγα δαίμων ἐξ ἁλός, οἷά τε πολλὰ τρέφει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη 5.422
;οὐ γάρ σ' οὐδέ.. δαήμονι φωτὶ ἐΐσκω ἄθλων, οἷά τε πολλὰ μετ' ἀνθρώποισι πέλονται 8.160
, cf. 11.364, 14.63, 15.324, 379.6 in relative clauses indicating what is true of all persons or things denoted by the same word, οὐ γάρ τις νήσων ἱππήλατος οὐδ' εὐλείμων αἵ θ' ἁλὶ κεκλίαται no one of the islands which lie in the sea (as all islands do, i.e. no island at all), Od.4.608;ἡμίονον.. ἥ τ' ἀλγίστη δαμάσασθαι Il.23.655
;ἐσθλὸς ἐὼν γαμβρὸς ἢ πενθερός, οἵ τε μάλιστα κήδιστοι τελέθουσι Od.8.582
;αἰετοῦ οἴματ' ἔχων.. ὅς θ' ἅμα κάρτιστός τε καὶ ὤκιστος πετεηνῶν Il.21.252
, cf. 24.294;οὐδέ μιν εἰσοιχνεῦσι κυνηγέται, οἵ τε καθ' ὕλην ἄλγεα πάσχουσιν Od.9.120
;δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας πρὸς Διὸς εἰρύαται Il.1.238
, cf. Od.5.67, 101, Il.1.279, 19.31, 24.415;οἶνός σε τρώει.., ὅς τε καὶ ἄλλους βλάπτει Od.21.293
, cf. 14.464;πάρφασις, ἥ τ' ἔκλεψε νόον πύκα περ φρονεόντων Il.14.217
;οἰκωφελίη, ἥ τε τρέφει ἀγλαὰ τέκνα Od.14.223
.7 when the antecedent is a definite group of gods or men, the relative clause with τε indicates an essential characteristic of the antecedent,Ἐρινύες, αἵ θ' ὑπὸ γαῖαν ἀνθρώπους τείνυνται Il.19.259
;Σειρῆνας.., αἵ ῥά τε πάντας ἀνθρώπους θέλγουσιν Od.12.39
;Φαίηκές μ' ἄγαγον ναυσίκλυτοι, οἵ τε καὶ ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους πέμπουσιν 16.227
, cf. 20.187; ;Λωτοφάγων, οἵ τ' ἄνθινον εἶδαρ ἔδουσι Od.9.84
: similarly when the antecedent is an individual person (incl. god) or thing, the relative clause with τε indicates one of his or its general or essential characteristics or aspects, , cf. 2.669, Od.5.4;Ἑρμείαο ἕκητι διακτόρου, ὅς ῥά τε πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει 15.319
;Λάμπον καὶ Φαέθονθ', οἵ τ' Ἠῶ πῶλοι ἄγουσι 23.246
;Τειρεσίαο μάντιος ἀλαοῦ, τοῦ τε φρένες ἔμπεδοί εἰσι 10.493
;τεύχεα δύνεις ἀνδρὸς ἀριστῆος, τόν τε τρομέουσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.17.203
, cf. 7.112; κεῖται ἀνὴρ ὅν τ' (v.l. ὃν)ἶσον ἐτίομεν Ἕκτορι δίῳ, Αἰνείας 5.467
; the relative clause sts. indicates what is customary,οὐδέ σε λήθω τιμῆς ἧς τέ μ' ἔοικε τετιμῆσθαι μετ' Ἀχαιοῖς 23.649
;ἔνθα δ' ἀνὴρ ἐνίαυε πελώριος, ὅς ῥά τε μῆλα οἶος ποιμαίνεσκε Od.9.187
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός, ὅς τέ μοι ὕπνον ἀπεχθαίρει καὶ ἐδωδὴν μνωομένῳ 4.105
;σῆς ἀλόχου.. ἥ τέ τοι αὔτως ἧσται ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν 13.336
;καὶ κήρυκα Μέδοντα σαώσομεν, ὅς τέ μευ αἰεὶ.. κηδέσκετο 22.357
, cf. 346.8 τε is used in descriptions of particular places or things when attention is called to their peculiar or characteristic features, or their position, e.g.Λιβύην, ἵνα τ' ἄρνες ἄφαρ κεραοὶ τελέθουσι Od.4.85
; , cf. 9.124, 13.99, 100, 107, 109, 244; ἓξ δέ τέ οἱ (sc. Σκύλλῃ)δειραὶ περιμήκεες 12.90
, cf. 93,99, 105; ἐν δέ τε Γοργείη κεφαλή (in Athena's αἰγίς) Il.5.741; χαλεπὸν δέ τ' ὀρύσσειν ἀνδράσι γε θνητοῖσι (sc. μῶλυ) Od. 10.305; ; sts. τε draws attention to a well-known custom or permanent feature,ἀρξάμενοι τοῦ χώρου, ὅθεν τέ περ οἰνοχοεύει 21.142
;ἦ μένετε Τρῶας σχεδὸν ἐλθέμεν, ἔνθα τε νῆες εἰρύατ' εὔπρυμνοι Il.4.247
, cf. Od. 6.266;ἐν ποταμῷ, ὅθι τ' ἀρδμὸς ἔην πάντεσσι βοτοῖσιν Il.18.521
, cf. Od.14.353.9 a part of the anatomy is defined by a clause (containing τε) which indicates a feature which universally belongs to it,κατ' ἰσχίον, ἔνθα τε μηρὸς ἰσχίῳ ἐνστρέφεται Il.5.305
, cf. 8.83, 13.547, 16.481, 20.478; similarly a point of time is defined,ὥρῃ ἐν εἰαρινῇ, ὅτε τ' ἤματα μακρὰ πέλονται Od.18.367
.10 τε is used in relative clauses which define a measurement of a particular thing or action by reference to the measurement (in general) of some thing or action well known in daily life,γεφύρωσεν δὲ κέλευθον μακρὴν ἠδ' εὐρεῖαν, ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ δουρὸς ἐρωὴ γίγνεται Il.15.358
; ; , cf. 3.321, al.; more rarely the definition is by reference to the measurement of a particular thing or action, ἤσθιε.. ἕως ὅ τ' ἀοιδὸς ἐνὶ μεγάροισιν ἄειδεν (s.v.l.) 17.358;ἥ τις δὴ τέτληκε τόσα φρεσίν, ὅσσα τ' ἐγώ περ 19.347
.11 the freq. use of τε B in similes is to be explained under one or other of the foregoing heads, e.g. when reference is made to generally known kinds of things or natural phenomena, to human experience in daily life, or to well-known phenomena of the animal world, Il.2.456, 459, 463, 468, 470, 471, 474, 481, 3.23-5,33, 11.415-7, al.; or when universal characteristics of gods, men, animals, etc., are indicated by relative clauses introduced by ὅς τε, ὅς ῥά τε, etc., 3.61, 151, 198, al.; or by ὥς τε, ἠΰτε, ὥς τίς τε, etc., e.g. 5.136, 17.133, Od.4.535,ὡς εἴ τε 9.314
, 14.254, etc.II in post-Hom. Gr. this use of τε is more restricted; outside of [dialect] Ep. and other early dactylic verse (Hes.Op.30, 214, 233, al., Xenoph.13.3, Thgn.148, 359, etc.) it is not found except with relatives, and with these it has scarcely any discernible sense, so that ὅς τε in Lyr. and Trag. is for the most part only = ὅς, e.g. (possibly generalizing)Μοῖρ', ἅ τε πατρώϊον τῶνδ' ἔχει τὸν εὔφρονα πότμον Pi.O.2.35
, cf. 14.2, A.Eu. 1024, E.Hec. 445 (lyr.), etc. (v. ὅστε); without generalizing force, Pi.N.9.9, A.Pers. 297, Ch. 615, etc.; Hdt. hasτά πέρ τε 1.74
,ὅκως τε 2.108
codd., ὅσον τε (without a verb, as in Od.9.325, al.) 1.126, 2.96, 3.5, al.,οἷά τε 1.93
codd. (adverbially 2.175, 5.11): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. even these uses disappear and we find only a few phrases, as ἅτε, ὥστε, ἐφ' ᾧτε, οἷός τε; in later Gr. we find exceptionallyἔνθεν τε Hp.Ep.17
; (ii B.C.);ἀπ' οὗ τε PCair.Zen.291.3
(iii B.C.); (Erythrae, ii B.C.); ἥ τ' PMag.Par.1.2962;ὅσον τε ὀκτὼ στάδια Paus.6.26.1
; καὶ ἔστιν ἔπη Μαντικὰ ὁπόσα τε (= which)ἐπελεξάμεθα καὶ ἡμεῖς Id.9.31.5
;οἷόν τε καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς κύων φωνῆς θεωροῦμεν S.E.M.11.28
.C in Hom. τε is also (but less freq.) used in conjunction with other particles in contexts (mainly particular statements) such as the following:1 in assurances, statements on oath, and threats,σχέτλιος, ἦ τ' ἐκέλευον ἀπωσάμενον δήϊον πῦρ ἂψ ἐπὶ νῆας ἴμεν Il.18.13
;ἐξ αὖ νῦν ἔφυγες θάνατον, κύον· ἦ τέ τοι ἄγχι ἦλθε κακόν 11.362
; ἦ τε is similarly used in 11.391, 17.171, 236, Od.24.28, 311, al.; ἦ τ' ἄν in Il.12.69, al.; γάρ τε (s. v.l.) inοὐ γάρ τ' οἶδα 6.367
, cf. Od.10.190; νύ τε in 1.60, 347 (but τ' more prob. = τοι, v. σύ) ; δέ τε inἀγορῇ δέ τ' ἀμείνονές εἰσι καὶ ἄλλοι Il.18.106
; ; μέν τε in , cf. 4.341; εἴ πέρ τε inοὔ τοι ἔτι δηρόν γε φίλης ἀπὸ πατρίδος αἴης ἔσσεται, οὐδ' εἴ πέρ τε σιδήρεα δέσματ' ἔχῃσιν Od.1.204
, cf. 188, Il.12.223, 245.2 also in commands, warnings, and admonitions,σίγα, μή τίς τ' ἄλλος Ἀχαιῶν τοῦτον ἀκούσῃ μῦθον Il.14.90
, cf. Od.19.486; ; τούσδε τ' (v.l. δ')ἐᾶν 16.96
(nisi leg. τούσδ' ἔτ'); δὸς δέ τέ μ' ἄνδρα ἑλεῖν 5.118
; μηδέ τ' ἐρώει (nisi leg. μηδ' ἔτ') 2.179, 22.185.3 also in passionate utterances, in clauses which indicate the cause of the speaker's passion or a circumstance which might have caused others to behave more considerately towards him,ὤ μοι ἐγὼ δειλή.. ἥ τ'.. τὸν μὲν.. θρέψασα.. ἐπιπροέηκα Il.18.55
;σχέτλιοί ἐστε, θεοί, ζηλήμονες ἔξοχον ἄλλων, οἵ τε θεαῖς ἀγάασθε.. ἤν τίς τε.. Od.5.119
, 120, cf. 21.87, Il.15.468, 17.174; ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ μαχόμεσθ', οἵ πέρ τ' ἐπίκουροι ἔνειμεν and we, who ( mark you) are only allies (not γαμβροί and κασίγνητοι), are fighting, 5.477; τρεῖς γάρ τ' ἐκ Κρόνου εἰμὲν ἀδελφεοί for we, let me tell you, are three brothers, sons of Cronos (and Zeus has no prior title to power), 15.187;ποῖόν δε ἔπος φύγεν ἕρκος ὀδόντων δεινόν τ' ἀργαλέον τε· νεμεσσῶμαι δέ τ' ἀκούων Od.21.169
; .4 in descriptions of particular events and things where there is no general reference,κνίση μὲν ἀνήνοθεν, ἐν δέ τε φόρμιγξ ἠπύει Od.17.270
; ὥς (= so)τέ μοι ὑβρίζοντες ὑπερφιάλως δοκέουσιν δαίνυσθαι κατὰ δῶμα 1.227
;τοὺς μέν τ' ἰητροὶ πολυφάρμακοι ἀμφιπένονται.. σὺ δ' ἀμήχανος ἔπλευ, Ἀχιλλεῦ Il.16.28
; πόλιν πέρι δινηθήτην καρπαλίμοισι πόδεσσι, θεοὶ δέ τε πάντες ὁρῶντο dub. l. in 22.166;εὗρε δ' ἐνὶ σπῆϊ γλαφυρῷ Θέτιν, ἀμφὶ δέ τ' ἄλλαι εἵαθ' ὁμηγερέες ἅλιαι θεαί 24.83
(s.v.l.);ἐν δέ τε φάρμακον ἧκε Od.10.317
;νῶϊ δέ τ' ἄψορροι κίομεν Il.21.456
;πολλὰς γὰρ δὴ νύκτας.. ἄεσα καί τ' ἀνέμεινα.. Ἠῶ Od.19.342
;δέελον δ' ἐπὶ σῆμά τ' ἔθηκε Il.10.466
;ἐν δέ τε οἶνον κρητῆρσιν κερόωντο Od.20.252
; so with οὐδέ τ' (nisi leg. οὐδ' ἔτ'), τὸν καὶ ὑπέδδεισαν μάκαρες θεοὶ οὐδέ τ' ἔδησαν Il.1.406
;οὐδέ τ' ἔληγε μέγας θεός, ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτόν 21.248
;οὐδέ τ' ἄειρε 23.730
;οὐδέ τ' ἔασεν 11.437
, 21.596, cf. 15.709.5 ὅτε τε ( when) freq. introduces a temporal clause defining a point of time in the past by means of a well-known event which occurred then, ἦ οὐ μέμνῃ ὅτε τ' ἐκρέμω ὑψόθεν; Il.15.18;ὅτε τε Κρόνον.. Ζεὺς γαίης νέρθε καθεῖσε 14.203
; (but ἤματι τῷ ὅτε τε is general in 13.335; so also ὅτε πέρ τε.. κέρωνται in 4.259); , cf. 10.286, 22.102, Od.7.323, 18.257.6 in ὅ τε ( that or because) the τε has no observable meaning, , cf. 412, 4.32, 6.126, Od.5.357, al.7 ἐπεί τε = ἐπεί ( when) is rare in Hom.,ἐπεί τ' ἐνόησε Il.12.393
, cf. ἐπείτε.8 where τ' ἄρ occurs in questions, e.g. πῇ τ' ἂρ μέμονας καταδῦναι ὅμιλον; Il.13.307, cf. 1.8, 18.188, al., ταρ (q.v.) should prob. be read, since ἄρ ([etym.] α) usu. precedes a τε which is not copulative; so perh. ταρα should be read for τ' ἄρα in Od.1.346.9 inἣ θέμις ἐστὶν.. ἤ τ' ἀνδρῶν ἤ τε γυναικῶν Il.9.276
, it is not clear whether τε is copulative (τε A) or generalizing (τε B) or neither (τε C); ἤ is prob. = ἦ (accented as in ἤτοι (; ἤ τ' ἀλκῆς ἤ τε φόβοιο is dub. l. in 17.42; ἤ τ' = or is found in 19.148, = than in Od.16.216.10 Rarer and later uses;a also, esp. withἄλλος, Ἑρμεία, σὺ γὰρ αὖτε τά τ' ἄλλα περ ἄγγελός ἐσσι Od.5.29
, cf. 17.273, Il.23.483;ἐπεὶ τά τε ἄλλα πράττουσιν καλῶς, ἀναθεῖναι αὐτοὺς καὶ στήλην IG22.1298.9
, cf. Lycurg.100 (s.v.l.);ἐκομισάμην τὸ παρὰ σοῦ ἐπιστόλιον, ἐν ᾧ ὑπέγραψάς μοι τήν τε παρὰ Ζήνωνος πρὸς Ἰεδδοῦν γεγραμμένην PCair.Zen.18.1
(iii B.C.); εἰ οὖν περὶ τούτων ἐπιστροφὴν μὴ ποιήσει, οἵ τε λοιποί μοι τὰς χεῖρας προσοίσουσιν (- σωσιν Pap.) PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.);τῶν δὲ παρὰ ταῦτα ποιησόντων τά τε κτήνη ὑπὸ στέρεσιν ἀχθήσεσθαι πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια PTeb.27.74
(ii B.C.); v. supr. A. 11.3b.b with ὅδε, adding a slight emphasis to the preceding word,εἰ δὴ τήνδε τε γαῖαν ἀνείρεαι Od.13.238
, cf. 15.484.c τε γάρ rarely = καὶ γάρ or γάρ, Arist.APo. 75b41, de An. 405a4, PA 661b28, Pol. 1318b33, 1333a2; ἐάν τε γάρ for even if, 2 Ep.Cor.10.8; τήν τε γὰρ ἐπιθυμίαν οὐκ ᾔδειν for I had not known even lust. Ep.Rom.7.7.D Position of τε:1 in signf. A, as an enclitic, it stands second word in the sentence, clause, or phrase, regardless of the meaning: ἐγγύθι τε Πριάμοιο καὶ Ἕκτορος near both Priam and Hector, Il.6.317; , cf. 4.505, 7.295; codd., cf. 291 (anap.);ἄνευ τε δόλου καὶ ἀπάτης Hdt.1.69
;ὑπέρ τε σοῦ καὶ τῆς ἀδελφῆς PEnteux.6.6
(iii B.C.); , cf. Ti. 70b; hence in E.Or. 897 πόλεος must be taken with what precedes (Porson ad loc.): but article + noun, preposition + noun are freq. regarded as forming a unity indivisible by τε, τοῖς κτανοῦσί τε A.Ch.41
(lyr.);πρὸς βίαν τε Id.Pr. 210
; also the order is freq. determined by the meaning, τε being placed immediately after the word (or first word of a phrase or clause) which it joins to what precedes or to what follows,πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε Il.1.544
;ἔξω δόμων τε καὶ πάτρας A.Pr. 665
; the copulative or preparatory τε precedes many other particles, e.g. τε γάρ, τ' ἄρα, τέ τις.2 τε is enclitic in signfs. B, C also, and stands early in its sentence, clause, or phrase (v. supr.), but many particles which follow τε in signf. A precede it in signfs. B, C, e.g. in signfs. B, C we have δέ τε, μέν τε, γάρ τε, ἀλλά τε, δ' ἄρα τε, ὅς ῥά τε, οὔτ' ἄρ τε, καὶ γάρ τίς τε, ὅς τίς τε, καί τε. -
3 ὁ
ὁ, [full] ἡ, τό, is, when thus written,A demonstr. Pronoun.B in [dialect] Att., definite or prepositive Article.C in [dialect] Ep., the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nom. masc. and fem. sg. and pl., ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codd. and most printed books, exc. when used as the relative ; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, αἳ ; the nom. forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by A.D.Pron.8.7 not to be enclitic. The forms τῶν, τοῖς, ταῖς were barytone (i. e. τὼν, τοὶς, ταὶς ) in [dialect] Aeol. acc. to Aristarch. ap. A.D.Synt.51.26. For οἱ, αἱ some dialects (not Cypr., cf. Inscr.Cypr.135.30H., nor Cret., cf.Leg.Gort. 5.28, nor Lesbian, cf. Alc.81, Sapph.Supp.5.1 ) and Hom. have τοί, ταί (though οἱ, αἱ are also found in Hom.): other Homeric forms are gen. sg. τοῖο, gen. and dat. dualτοῖιν Od.18.34
, al.: gen. pl. fem. τάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], dat. τοῖσι, τῇς and τῇσι, never ταῖσι or ταῖς in Hom.— In [dialect] Dor. and all other dialects exc. [dialect] Att. and [dialect] Ion. the fem. forms preserve the old [pron. full] ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence [dialect] Dor. etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶς ; the gen. pl. τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶν ; the gen. sg. is in many places τῶ, acc. pl. τώς, but Cret., etc., τόνς (Leg.Gort.7.7, al.) or τός (ib.3.50, al.) ; in Lesbian [dialect] Aeol. the acc. pl. forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, IG12(2).645 A13, B62 ; dat. pl. τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, v. supr.), ib.645 A8, ib.1.6 ; ταῖσι as demonstr., Sapph. 16. The [dialect] Att. Poets also used the [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. forms τοῖσι, ταῖσι ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν.., τοὶ δέ.., for οἱ μέν.., οἱ δέ.., not only in lyr., as A.Pers. 584, Th. 295, 298 ;οἱ μέν.. τοὶ δ' S.Aj. 1404
(anap.) ; but even in a trimeter, A.Pers. 424. In [dialect] Att. the dual has usu. only one gender, τὼ θεώ (for τὰ θεά) And.1.113 sq. ; τὼ πόλεε Foed. ap. Th.5.23 ;τὼ ἡμέρα X.Cyr.1.2.11
;τὼ χεῖρε Id.Mem.2.3.18
;τοῖν χεροῖν Pl.Tht. 155e
;τοῖν γενεσέοιν Id.Phd. 71e
;τοῖν πολέοιν Isoc.4.75
(τά S.Ant. 769, Ar.Eq. 424, 484,ταῖν Lys.19.17
, Is.5.16, etc. have been corrected) ; in Arc. the form τοῖς functions as gen. dual fem., (Orchom., iv B.C.):—in Elean and [dialect] Boeot. ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, = ὅδε, ἥδε, τόδε, nom.pl. masc. τυΐ the following men, Schwyzer485.14 (Thespiae, iii B.C.), al., cf. infr. VIII. 5. (With ὁ, ἁ, cf. Skt. demonstr. pron. sa, sā, Goth. sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Lat. acc. sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from Τόδ] cf. Skt. tat (tad), Lat. is-tud, Goth. pata: —with τοί cf. Skt. te, Lith. tĩe, OE. pá, etc.:—with τάων cf. Skt. tāsām, Lat. is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (q. v.) is different.)A ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in Hom. the commonest sense: freq. also in Hdt. (1.86,5.35,al.), and sts. in Trag. (mostly in lyr., A.Supp. 1047, etc.; in trimeters, Id.Th. 197, Ag.7, Eu. 174 ; τῶν γάρ.., τῆς γάρ.., Id.Supp. 358, S.OT 1082 ; seldom in [dialect] Att. Prose, exc. in special phrases, v. infr. VI, VII):I joined with a Subst., to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, Il. 11.660; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with Appellat., Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.— thataged man, 7.324 ; αἰετοῦ.. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, 21.252, al. ; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, 20.181 ; οἴχετ' ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, 11.288, cf. 13.433, al.: sts. with words between the Pron. and Noun,αὐτὰρ ὁ αὖτε Πέλοψ 2.105
;τὸν Ἕκτορι μῦθον ἐνίσπες 11.186
, cf. 703, al.:—different from this are cases like Il.1.409 αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι, τοὺς δὲ κατὰ πρύμνας τε καὶ ἀμφ' ἅλα ἔλσαι Ἀχαιούς if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships— I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, cf. 1.472, 4.20, 329, al.II freq. without a Subst., he, she, it,ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε Il.1.12
, al.III placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons., ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc., Il.17.172 ; οἷ' οὔ πώ τιν' ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν.. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who.., Od.2.119, cf. Il.5.332 ;θάλαμον τὸν ἀφίκετο, τόν ποτε τέκτων ξέσσεν Od.21.43
, cf. 1.116, 10.74 :—for the [dialect] Att. usage v. infr.IV before a Possessive Pron. its demonstr. force is sts. very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, Il.6.407, cf. 11.608 ; but in 15.58, 16.40, and elsewh. it is merely the Art.V for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, v. infr. B. init.VI ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. without a Subst., in all cases, genders, and numbers, Hom., etc.: sts. in Opposition, where ὁ μέν prop. refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter ; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, the former,Pl.
Prt. 359e, Isoc.2.32,34: sts. in Partition, the one.., the other.., etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in gen. pl., being divided by the ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.., into parts,ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι.., τῶν δ' αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο Il.18.595
;τῶν πόλεων αἱ μὲν τυραννοῦνται, αἱ δὲ δημοκρατοῦνται, αἱ δὲ ἀριστοκρατοῦνται Pl.R. 338d
, etc.: but freq. the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition,ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον Il.5.28
, cf. Od.12.73, etc.: so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 22, etc. ;πηγὴ ἡ μὲν εἰς αὐτὸν ἔδυ, ἡ δὲ ἔξω ἀπορρεῖ Pl.Phdr. 255c
; if the Noun be collective, it is in the gen. sg.,ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος D.42.6
: sts. a Noun is added in apposition with ὁ μέν orὁ δέ, ὁ μὲν οὔτασ' Ἀτύμνιον ὀξέϊ δουρὶ Ἀντίλοχος.., Μάρις δὲ.. Il.16.317
-19, cf. 116 ;τοὺς μὲν τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν ἠνάγκασα, τοὺς πλουσίους, τοὺς δὲ πένητας κτλ. D.18.102
, cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, etc.2 when a neg. accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. ;τὸν φιλόσοφον σοφίας ἐπιθυμητὴν εἶναι, οὐ τῆς μὲν τῆς δ' οὔ, ἀλλὰ πάσης Pl.R. 475b
;οὐ πάσας χρὴ τὰς δόξας τιμᾶν, ἀλλὰ τὰς μὲν τὰς δ' οὔ· οὐδὲ πάντων, ἀλλὰ τῶν μὲν τῶν δ' οὔ Id.Cri. 47a
, etc.3 ὁ μέν τις.., ὁ δέ τις.. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite,ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν.., ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος X.Cyr.3.1.41
;νόμους.. τοὺς μὲν ὀρθῶς τιθέασιν τοὺς δέ τινας οὐκ ὀρθῶς Pl.R. 339c
, cf. Phlb. 13c.4 on τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., or τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., v. infr. VIII.4.5 ὁ μέν is freq. used without a correspondingὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ' ἐσκίδναντο.., Μυρμιδόνας δ' οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι Il.23.3
, cf. 24.722, Th.8.12, etc.: also folld. byἀλλά, ἡ μὲν γάρ μ' ἐκέλευε.., ἀλλ' ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔθελον Od.7.304
; by ἄλλος δέ, Il.6.147, etc. ;τὸν μὲν.., ἕτερον δέ Ar.Av. 843
, etc. ;ὁ μέν.., ὃς δέ.. Thgn.205
(v.l. οὐδέ): less freq. ὁ δέ in the latter clause without ὁ μέν preceding, τῇ ῥα παραδραμέτην φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων (for ὁ μὲν φεύγων) Il.22.157 ;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf.μέν D.
III ;γεωργὸς μὲν εἷς, ὁ δὲ οἰκοδόμος, ἄλλος δέ τις ὑφαντής Pl.R. 369d
, cf. Tht. 181d.6 ὁ δέ following μέν sts. refers to the subject of the preceding clause,τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ', ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον.. βεβλήκει Il. 4.491
;τὴν μὲν γενομένην αὐτοῖσι αἰτίην οὐ μάλα ἐξέφαινε, ὁ δὲ ἔλεγέ σφι Hdt.6.3
, cf. 1.66,6.9, 133,7.6 : rare in [dialect] Att. Prose,ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν Th.1.87
;ἔμενον ὡς κατέχοντες τὸ ἄκρον· οἱ δ' οὐ κατεῖχον X.An.4.2.6
: this is different from ὁ δέ in apodosi, v. infr. 7 ; also from passages in which both clauses have a common verb, v. ὅ γε 11.7 ὁ δέ is freq. used simply in continuing a narrative, Il.1.43, etc.; also used by Hom. in apodosi after a relat., v. ὅδε 111.3.8 the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν andδέ, οὔθ' ὁ.. οὔθ' ὁ Il.15.417
;ἢ τοῖσιν ἢ τοῖς A.Supp. 439
;οὔτε τοῖς οὔτε τοῖς Pl.Lg. 701e
.VII the following usages prevailed in [dialect] Att. Prose,1 in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nom. sg. masc. καὶ ὅς ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Art. were used (v.ὅς A.
II.I and cf. Skt. sas, alternat. form of sa) ; so, in acc.,καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν Pl.Smp. 174a
, cf. X.Cyr.1.3.9, etc.; also in Hdt.,καὶ τὴν φράσαι 6.61
, al.2 ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such,τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ Pl.Lg. 721b
: but mostly in acc.,καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν Lys.1.23
, cf. Pl.Lg. 784d ;τὰ καὶ τὰ πεπονθώς D.21.141
, cf. 9.68 ;τὸ καὶ τό Id.18.243
; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, Arist.Rh. 1401a4, cf. 1413a22 ; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, , cf. Pi.P.5.55,7.20, al.;τῶν τε καὶ τῶν καιρόν Id.O. 2.53
; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, Hp.Acut.46 ; cf. A. VI.8.VIII abs. usages of single cases,1 fem. dat. τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, Il.5.752, 858, al.: folld. by ᾗ, 13.52, etc.: also in Prose,τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ X.Ath.2.12
.b with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, Il.10.531,11.149, 12.124 ;τῇ ἴμεν ᾗ.. 15.46
; :—only poet.c of Manner, in this way, thus,Od.
8.510.d repeated, τῇ μέν.., τῇ δέ.., in one way.., in another.., or partly.., partly.., E.Or. 356, Pl.Smp. 211a, etc.: withoutμέν, τῇ μᾶλλον, τῇ δ' ἧσσον Parm.8.48
.e relat., where, by which way, only [dialect] Ep., as Il.12.118, Od.4.229.2 neut. dat. τῷ, therefore, on this account, freq. in Hom., Il.1.418, 2.254, al. (v. infr.): also in Trag., A.Pr. 239, S.OT 510 (lyr.) ; in Prose,τῷ τοι.. Pl.Tht. 179d
, Sph. 230b.b thus, so, Il.2.373, 13.57, etc.: it may also, esp. when εἰ precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, Od.1.239,3.224, 258,al., Theoc.29.11.—In Hom. the true form is prob. τῶ, as in cod. A, or τώ, cf. A.D.Adv.199.2.3 neut. acc. τό, wherefore, Il.3.176, Od.8.332, al., S.Ph. 142(lyr.) ; also τὸ δέ abs., but the fact is.., Pl.Ap. 23a, Men. 97c, Phd. 109d, Tht. 157b, R. 340d, Lg. 967a ; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (cf. supr. VI. 6),τὸ δ' ἐπὶ κακουργίᾳ.. ἐπετήδευσαν Th.1.37
;τὸ δὲ.. ἡμῖν μᾶλλον περιέσται Id.2.89
; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, Nic.Dam.58J.4 τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ.., partly.., partly.., or on the one hand.., on the other.., Th.7.36, etc., cf.Od.2.46 ; more freq. τὰ μέν.., τὰ δέ.., Hdt.1.173, S.Tr. 534, etc.; alsoτὰ μέν τι.., τὰ δέ τι.. X.An.4.1.14
;τὸ μέν τι.., τὸ δέ τι.. Luc.Macr.14
;τὰ μέν.., τὸ δὲ πλέον.. Th.1.90
: sts. without τὸ μέν.. in the first clause,τὸ δέ τι Id.1.107
,7.48 : rarely of Time, τὰ μὲν πολλὰ.., τέλος δέ several times.. and finally, Hdt.3.85.5 of Time, sts. that time, sts. this (present) time, συνμαχία κ' ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) SIG9.3 (Olympia, vi B.C.): so with Preps., ἐκ τοῦ, [dialect] Ep. τοῖο, from that time, Il.1.493,15.601.b πρὸ τοῦ, sts. written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, Hdt.1.103, 122,5.55, A.Ag. 1204, Ar.Nu.5, etc.;ἐν τῷ πρὸ τοῦ χρόνῳ Th.1.32
, cf. A.Eu. 462 ;τὸ πρὸ τοῦ D.S.20.59
.c in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (lit. before this [day]), and to-day's, IG9(2).517.43 (Larissa, iii B.C.).6 ἐν τοῖς is freq. used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, Hdt.7.137 ; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, Th.1.6, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος ( πρώτοις codd.) Pherecr.145.4 ; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, Aristid. Or.43(1).16, cf. 37(2).2: when used with fem. Nouns, ἐν τοῖς remained without change of gender, ἐν τοῖς πλεῖσται δὴ νῆες the greatest number of ships, Th.3.17; ἐν τοῖς πρώτη ἐγένετο (sc. ἡ στάσις) ib.82 : also with Advbs.,ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα Id.8.90
, Pl.Cri. 52a, Plu.2.74e, 421d, 723e, Brut.6, 11,al., Paus.1.16.3, etc.;ἐν τοῖς χαλεπώτατα Th.7.71
; : in late Prose, also with Positives,ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον Aristid.Or.48(24).47
codd.; withπάνυ, ἐν τοῖς πάνυ D.H.1.19
, cf. 66 ( ἐν ταῖς πάνυ f.l. 4.14,15).B ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signf. in the earliest Gr., becoming commoner later. In Hom. the demonstr. force can generally be traced, v. supr. A. I, but the definite Art. must be recognized in places like Il.1.167,7.412, 9.309, 12.289, Od.19.372 : also when joined to an Adj. to make it a Subst., the hindmost man,Il.
11.178 ;τὸν ἄριστον 17.80
;τὸν δύστηνον 22.59
;τὸν προὔχοντα 23.325
; τῷ πρώτῳ.., τῷ δευτέρῳ.., etc., ib. 265sq. ; also inτῶν ἄλλων 2.674
, al.: with Advs.,τὸ πρίν 24.543
, al.;τὸ πάρος περ 17.720
;τὸ πρόσθεν 23.583
; also τὸ τρίτον ib. 733 ;τὰ πρῶτα 1.6
,al.; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest, 23.454 ;ἀνδρῶν τῶν τότε 9.559
.—The true Art., however, is first fully established in fifth-cent. [dialect] Att., whilst the demonstr. usage disappears, exc. in a few cases, V. A. VI-VIII.—Chief usages, esp. in [dialect] Att.I not only with common Appellats., Adjs., and Parts., to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also freq. where we use the Possessive Pron.,τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην Ar.Ach.5
; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, And.1.61, etc. ; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, S.Ant. 190 ; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, Th.1.12; .b omitted with pr.nn.and freq. with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, v. θεός 1.1, βασιλεύς III ; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, IG12.4.1, al.: but added to pr. nn., when attention is to be called to the previous mention of the person, as Th. (3.70 ) speaks first of Πειθίας and then refers to him repeatedly as ὁ Π.; cf. Θράσυλος in Id.8.104, with ὁ Θ. ib. 105 ; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, E.Fr. 480 ; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with pr. nn., save to give pecul. emphasis, like Lat. ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, S.OT 729, El.35, etc.: later, however, the usage became very common (the Homeric usage of ὁ with a pr. n. is different, v. A.I).c Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in SE183b7, PA642a28, al., but ὁ Σωκράτης when he means the Platonic Socrates, as Pol.1261a6, al.: so with other pr.nn., EN1145a21, 1146a21, al.2 in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type,οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν.. λεύσσει Il.3.109
;πονηρὸν ὁ συκοφάντης D.18.242
, etc.b freq. with abstract Nouns,ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως Th.3.45
, etc.3 of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, v. γεωγράφος, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός.4 with infs., which thereby become Substs., τὸ εἴργειν prevention, Pl.Grg. 505b ; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, S.Ant. 1348(anap.), etc.: when the subject is expressed it is put between the Art.and the inf., τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, Pl.Phd. 62b ; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, Hdt.1.86.5 in neut. before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man ; τὸ λέγω the word λέγω ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', E.Hipp. 265(lyr.); τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, Pl.Men. 72e : and so before whole clauses, ἡ δόξα.. περὶ τοῦ οὕστινας δεῖ ἄρχειν the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', Id.R. 431e ; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ' ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if.. ', X.Cyr. 5.1.21, cf. Pl.R. 327c, etc.;τοὺς τοῦ τί πρακτέον λογισμούς D.23.148
; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, Arist.Pol. 1283b11.6 before relat. clauses, when the Art. serves to combine the whole relat. clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, Pl.Cra. 435a ; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν.., καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) Id.Criti. 115b ;τῶν ὅσοι ἂν.. ἀγαθοὶ κριθῶσιν Id.R. 469b
;ἐκ γῆς καὶ πυρὸς μείξαντες καὶ τῶν ὅσα πυρὶ καὶ γῇ κεράννυται Id.Prt. 320d
, cf. Hyp.Lyc.2 ;ταύτην τε τὴν αἰτίαν καὶ τὴν ὅθεν ἡ κίνησις Arist.Metaph. 987a8
;τὸν ὃς ἔφη Lys.23.8
: hence the relat., by attraction, freq. follows the case of the Art., τοῖς οἵοις ἡμῖν τε καὶ ὑμῖν, i.e. τοῖς οὖσιν οἷοι ἡμεῖς καὶ ὑμεῖς, X.HG2.3.25, etc.7 before Prons.,a before the pers. Prons., giving them greater emphasis, but only in acc., ,Phlb. 20b ; τὸν.. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ ib. 59b ; ; on ὁ αὐτός, v. αὐτός 111.b before the interrog. Pron. (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, A.Pr. 251, Ar. Pax 696 ; also τὰ τί; because οἷα went before, ib. 693. Of τίς only the neut. is thus used (v.supr.): ποῖος is thus used not only in neut. pl., τὰ ποῖα; E.Ph. 707 ; but also in the other genders, ὁ ποῖος; ib. 1704 ; τῆς ποίας μερίδος; D.18.64 ; τοῖς ποίοις.. ; Arist.Ph. 227b1.c with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc., the Art. either makes the Pron. into a Subst., that sort of person,X.
Mem.4.2.21, etc.; or subjoins it to a Subst. which already has an Art.,τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην D.41.13
.8 before ἅπας, Pi.N.1.69, Hdt.3.64, 7.153 (s.v.l.), S.OC 1224 (lyr.), D.18.231, etc.; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, Arist.Pol. 1287b8, 1288a19 : on its usage with ἕκαστος, v. sub voc.; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc., v. ἄλλος 11.6,πολύς 11.3
, etc.II elliptic expressions:1 before the gen. of a pr.<*>., to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (sc. υἱός) Th.4.104 ; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (sc. θυγάτηρ) E.Hel. 470 : also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, Lys.32.24, Alciphr.2.2.10 ; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M. the wife of S., Ar.Ec.46 ; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, X.An.1.2.15 ; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of A., Hp.Hum.20.2 generally, before a gen. it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, Th.4.23,6.60 ; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, Id.4.83, cf. 6.89, etc.; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, Id.4.18 ; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, ib.55 ; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, E.Supp.78(lyr.); τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, S.Tr. 498(lyr.): hence with neut. of Possessive Pron., τὸ ἐμόν, τὸ σόν, what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, S.Aj. 124, El. 251, etc.: and with gen. of 3 pers.,τὸ τῆσδε E.Hipp.48
. But τό τινος is freq. also, a man's word or saying, asτὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος Hdt.1.86
; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, Pl.Tht. 183e ; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, Ar.V. 1432, D.54.7, Theoc.2.76, Herod.5.52, Ev.Luc.2.49.3 very freq. with cases governed by Preps.. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, Th.4.13 ; οἱ ἀμφί τινα, οἱ περί τινα, such an one and his followers, v. ἀμφί c.1.3, περί c.1.2 ; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, Th.1.59, al.; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, Id.7.70 ; τὰ ἀπ' Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, Id.8.48 ; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, Id.2.87, etc.4 on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc., v. μά IV.5 in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (sc. ὁδόν) Pl.Ly. 203a ; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ (sc. στολή, δέσις), v. θάνατος; κατὰ τὴν ἐμήν (sc. γνώμην), v. ἐμός 11.4 ; ἡ αὔριον (sc. ἡμέρα), v. αὔριον; ἡ Λυδιστί (sc. ἁρμονία) Arist.Pol. 1342b32, etc.: freq. with Advs., which thus take an adj. sense, as ὁ, ἡ, τὸ νῦν;ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς Th.1.52
; οἱ τότε, οἱ ἔπειτα (sc. ἄνθρωποι), ib.9,10, etc. ; but τό stands abs. with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a Subst., asκἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο E.Ph. 266
, cf.[315] (lyr.);ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν Id.Or. 1412
(lyr.): rarely abs. in gen., ἰέναι τοῦ πρόσω to go forward, X.An.1.3.1 ;τοῦ προσωτάτω δραμεῖν S.Aj. 731
.C as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects ; both in nom. sg. masc. ὅ, asκλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες Od.2.262
, cf. 1.300, al. ;Ἔρως, ὃ κατ' ὀμμάτων στάζεις πόθον E.Hipp. 526
(lyr.);Ἄδωνις, ὃ κἠν Ἀχέροντι φιλεῖται Theoc.15.86
; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, Schwyzer679.12,25 ([place name] Cyprus) ; and in the forms beginning with τ, esp. in Hom. (Od.4.160, al.), Hdt.1.7, al.: also in [dialect] Ion. Poets,ἐν τῷ κάθημαι Archil.87.3
, cf. Semon.7.3, Anacr.86 (prob.), Herod.2.64, al.: freq. in Trag., , Tr. 381, 728, E.Alc. 883 (anap.);τῷ S.Ph.14
; , Tr.47, El. 1144 ; τό Id.OT 1427 ; τῶν ib. 1379, Ant. 1086.—Never in Com. or [dialect] Att. Prose:—[dialect] Ep. gen. sg.τεῦ Il.18.192
(s.v.l.).D CRASIS OF ARTICLE:a [dialect] Att. ὁ, ἡ, τό, with [pron. full] ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιον; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθά; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc.; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντος; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([pron. full] ¯ ?ὁX?ὁX), [dialect] Ion. οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (v. ἕτερος), [dialect] Att. fem. ἡτέρα, dat. θητέρᾳ (v. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc., before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (freq. written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Pap.); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί= αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. -
4 ὑστεραῖος
A following, next, qualifying ἡμέρα, τῇ ὑστεραίῃ ἡμέρῃ on the following day, Hdt.8.22; but mostly without ἡμέρᾳ, Id.1.77, 126, al., Antipho 5.23, Th.7.52, IG12.63.36, 66.19; also ἐς τὴν ὑστεραίην ([etym.] - αν) ἐλθεῖν, ἀναβαλέσθαι, Hdt.4.113, D.21.84;ἐν τῇ ὑ. Pl. Prt. 318a
; τῆς ὑ. καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς ἄλλης ὑστέρης on the morrow and the day following, Aret.CA2.2: c. gen.,τῇ ὑ. τῶν μυστηρίων And.1.111
;τῇ ὑ. τῆς μάχης Pl.Mx. 240c
: folld. byἤ, τῇ ὑ. ἢ ᾗ ἂν ἔλθῃ Id.Cri. 44a
;τῇ ὑ. ἢ ᾗ ἔθυεν Id.Smp. 173a
; and prob. ἤ should be inserted in the foll. places,τῇ ὑ. ᾗ ἐθάπτετο Antipho 6.37
; τῇ ὑ. ᾗ ἂν προθῶνται Lex ap. D.43.62.II = ὕστερος, later, subsequent, ἡ ὑ. ἐπιστρατηΐη v.l. in Hdt.9.3, cf. D.H. Th.6 (but the vv.ll. ὑστέρην, ὑστέρας are to be preferred): elsewh. it may mean of or on the next day, μάχῃ τῇ μὲν πρώτῃ.., τῇ δὲ ὑ ... in the next day's fight, Th.7.11;τῇ μὲν προτέρᾳ [ἐκκλησίᾳ].., ἐν δὲ τῇ ὑ. Id.1.44
, cf. Aeschin.2.65, 67 ( ὑστέρᾳ corr. Bekker), Luc.VH1.19;τῇ ὑ. προσβολῇ X.HG2.1.15
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑστεραῖος
-
5 ἀλλά
ἀλλά A not combined with another particle.1 following a neg. sentence, clause; clarifying a previous denialοὐ χθόνα ταράσσοντες οὐδὲ πόντιον ὕδωρ ἀλλὰ ἄδακρυν νέμονται βίοτον O. 2.65
κόρος, οὐ δίκᾳ συναντόμενος, ἀλλὰ O. 2.96
οὐδἔλαθ' Αἴπυτον. ἀλλ ὁ μὲν Πυθῶνάδ ᾤχετ ἰὼν O. 6.37
ἐκέλευσεν μὴ παρφάμεν, ἀλλὰ Κρόνου σὺν παιδὶ νεῦσαι O. 7.67
οὐκ ἄτερ παίδων σέθεν, ἀλλἅμα O. 8.45
εὔχομαι μὴ θέμεν, ἀλλ O. 8.87
οὐδὲ γὰρ θεοὶ σεμνᾶν Χαρίτων ἄτερ κοιρανέοντι χοροὺς οὔτε δαῖτας· ἀλλὰ πάντων ταμίαι ἔργων ἐν οὐρανῷ O. 14.9
σὐ δύναται νήπιοι κόσμῳ φέρειν ἀλλ' ἀγαθοί P. 3.83
μή τινα λειμόμενονμένεινἀλλ P. 4.186
ὃς οὐ ἀφίκετοἀλλ P. 5.30
κατέκλασε γὰρ ἐντέων σθένος οὐδέν· ἀλλὰ κρέμαται P. 5.34
οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ, ἀλλὰ Μοῖρά τις ἄγεν P. 5.76
οὔθἐφίλησεν ὁδοὺς οὔτε δείπνων τέρψιας ἀλλ P. 9.20
τὸ δὲ μόρσιμον οὐ παρφυκτόν ἀλλ' ἔσται χρόνος οὗτος P. 12.30
οὐκ ἔραμαι πολὺν ἐν μεγάρῳ πλοῦτον κατακρύψαις ἔχειν, ἀλλ' ἐόντων εὖ τε παθεῖν N. 1.32
οὐ λαθὼνἭραν ἐγκατέβα, ἀλλὰ θεῶν βασίλεα N. 1.39
οὐκ ἀνδριαντοποιός εἰμ·ἀλλ' ἐπὶ πάσας ὁλκάδος, γλυκεἶ ἀοιδά, στεῖχ N. 5.2
εἴη μή ποτέ μοι τοιοῦτον ἦθος, Ζεῦ πάτερ, ἀλλὰ κελεύθοις ἁπλόαις ζοᾶς ἐφαπτοίμαν N. 8.35
οὐδὲ Κρονίων στείχειν ἐπώτρυν, ἀλλὰ φείσασθαι κελεύθου N. 9.
20.δένδρεά τοὐκ ἐθέλει πάσαις ἐτέων περόδοις ἄνθος εὐῶδες φέρειν πλούτῳ ἴσον, ἀλλ' ἐναμείβοντι N. 11.42
σαφὲς οὐχ ἕπεται τέκμαρ· ἀλλ' ἔμπαν μεγαλανορίαις ἐμβαίνομεν N. 11.44
οὐ γὰρ ἦν πενταέθλιον, ἀλλἐφἑκάστῳ ἔργματι κεῖτο τέλος I. 1.26
οὐδέ ποτε ὑπέστειλἱστίον. ἀλλἐπέρα I. 2.41
οὐ γὰρ φύσιν ὠαριωνείαν ἔλαχεν· ἀλλ' ὀνοτὸς μὲν ἰδέσθαι I. 4.50
σφετέρας δ' οὐ φείσατο χέρσιν βαρυφθόγγοιο νευρᾶς Ἡρακλέης· ἀλλ Αἰακίδαν καλέων ἐς πλόον (νῦν ἄρχεται τῶν ἐπὶ μέρους, ἀκριβῶς τὸ ὅλον προεκθείς. Σ.) I. 6.35τὸν μὲν οὐδὲ θανόντ' ἀοιδαὶ ἔλιπον, ἀλλά οἱ I. 8.57
οὕνεκεν οὔ σε παιηόνων ἄδορπον εὐνάξομεν ἀλλ' ἀοιδᾶν ῥόθια δεκομένα κατερεῖς Pae. 6.128
ἔριν οὐ παλίγλωσσον ἀλλὰ δίκας ὁδοὺς π[ις]τὰς ἐφίλη[ς.]ν Παρθ. 2.. οὐ κό]ρῳ ἀλλ ἀρετᾷ (e Σ supp. Lobel.) fr. 169. 15.2 without preceding negative; modifying a previous statementaἀλλ' αἶνον ἐπέβα κόρος O. 2.95
ἀλλ' οὐ καλὰ δένδρἐ ἔθαλλεν χῶρος O. 3.23
ἀλλά μιν οὐκ εἴασεν O. 7.61
οὐχ ὑπέμεινεν ὄλβον ἀλλά νιν ὕβρις εἰς ἀυᾴταν ὑπερᾴφανον ὦρσεν P. 2.28
ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ταῦτα νόον ἰαίνει φθονερῶν P. 2.89
ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ P. 3.38
ἀλλὰ κέρδει καὶ σοφίᾳ δέδεται P. 3.54
“οὐδ' ἀπιθησέ νιν, ἀλλ” P. 4.36οὐδὲ κομᾶν πλόκαμοι κερθέντες ᾤχοντ' ἀγλαοί ἀλλ ἅπαν νῶτον καταίθυσσον P. 8.83
ἀθρόαις πέντε δραπὼν νύκτεσσιν ἔν θ' ἁμέραις ἱερὸν εὐζοίας ἄωτον. ἀλλἐν ἕκτᾳ P. 4.132
“ἔσομαι τοῖος· ἀλλ' ἤδη P. 4.157
ἀλλἤδη τελευτὰν κεῖνος αὐταῖς ἡμιθέων πλόος ἄγαγεν P. 4.210
σκιᾶς ὄναρ ἄνθρωπος. ἀλλ' ὅταν αἴγλα διόσδοτος ἔλθῃ P. 8.96
ἀλλὰ χρονίῳ σὺν Ἄρει πέφνεν τε ματέρα P. 11.36
[ ἄτᾳ codd.: ἀλλ coni. Boeckh. P. 11.55]ἀλλἐπεὶ ἐκ τούτων φίλον ἄνδρα πόνων ἐρρύσατο P. 12.18
εὗρεν θεός· ἀλλά νιν εὑροῖσ' ἀνδράσι θνατοῖς ἔχειν, ὀνύμασεν κεφαλᾶν πολλᾶν νόμον P. 12.22
ἀλλά τι προσφέρομεν ἔμπαν ἢ μέγαν νόον ἤτοιφύσιν ἀθανάτοις N. 6.4
ἀλλὰ τὸ μόρσιμον ἀπέδωκεν N. 7.44
ἀλλὰ χαλκὸν μυρίον οὐ δυνατὸν ἐξελέγχειν N. 10.45
ἀλλ' οὔ νιν φλάσαν N. 10.68
ἀλλὰ βροτῶν τὸν μὲν κενεόφρονες αὖχαι ἐξ ἀγαθῶν ἔβαλον N. 11.29
ἀλλ' ἐγὼ Ἡροδότῳ τεύχων τὸ μὲν ἅρματι τεθρίππῳ γέρας I. 1.14
ἐν ὕπνῳ γὰρ πέσεν·ἀλλ' ἀνεγειρομένα χρῶτα λάμπει I. 4.23
ἔτλαν δὲ πένθος οὐ φατόν· ἀλλὰ νῦν μοι Γαιάοχος εὐδίαν ὄπασσεν ἐκ χειμῶνος I. 7.37
ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ δεῖμα μὲν παροιχόμενον καρτερὰν ἔπαυσε μέριμναν I. 8.11
ἀλλ' οὔ σφιν ἄμβροτοι τέλεσαν εὐνὰν θεῶν πραπίδες I. 8.30
(Delos floated on the waves,) ἀλλἁ Κοιογένης ὁπότ' ἐπέβα νιν, δὴ τότε τέσσαρες ἀπώρουσαν κίονες fr. 33d. 3.ὄλβον ἐγκατέθηκαν. ἀλλὰ[ ]ἐπέπεσε μοῖρα Pae. 2.63
ἀλλ' οὔτε ματέῤ ἔπειτα κεδνὰν ἔιδεν οὔτε Pae. 6.105
ἀλλά μιν Κρόνου παῖδες ἔκρυψαν Pae. 8.72
σῶμα δ ἐστὶ θνατόν. ἀλλ ᾧτινι μὴ λιπότεκνος σφαλῇ πάμπαν οἶκος, ζώει Παρθ. 1. 16. (a description of those that do not love Theoxenos,) ἀλλἐγὼ τάκομαι fr. 123. 10.b where the qualification provides a climax, cf. 3. b. infra.ἐν μὲν Αἰτωλῶν θυσίαισι φαενναῖς Οἰνείδαι κρατεροί, ἐν δὲ Θήβαις, Περσεὺς δ' ἐν Ἄργει, Κάστορος δ αἰχμὰ Πολυδεύκεός τ ἐπ Εὐρώτα ῥεέθροις. ἀλλ ἐν Οἰνώνᾳ I. 5.34
c simply introducing a new attitudeἀλλ' ὥτε παῖς ἐξ ἀλόχου πατρὶ ποθεινὸς O. 10.86
ἀλλ' ὅτ Αἰήτας ἄροτρον σκίμψατο P. 4.224
ἀλλεὔχεται P. 4.293
3 introducing imperative, simm.a imperative proper.ἀλλὰ Δωρίαν ἀπὸ φόρμιγγα πασσάλου λάμβαν O. 1.17
ἀλλὦ Κρόνιε παῖ Ῥέας, εὔφρων ἄρουραν ἔτι πατρίαν σφίσιν κόμισον λοιπῷ γένει O. 2.12
ἀλλὰ Κρόνου παῖ, Οὐλυμπιονίκαν δέξαι Χαρίτων θ' ἕκατι τόνδε κῶμον (v. l. ἀλλὦ.) O. 4.6ὦ Φίντις, ἀλλὰ ζεῦξον ἤδη μοι σθένος ἡμιόνων O. 6.22
ἀλλ' ὦ Ζεῦ πάτερ, νώτοισιν Ἀταβυρίου μεδέων, τίμα μὲν ὕμνου τε-θμὸν O. 7.87
ἀλλ' ὦ Πίσας εὔδενδρον ἐπ Ἀλφεῷ ἄλσος, τόνδε κῶμον καὶ στεφαναφορίαν δέξαι O. 8.9
ἀλλὰ νῦν ἑκαταβόλων Μοισᾶν ἀπὸ τόξων Δία τε φοινικοστερόπαν σεμνόν τ' ἐπίνειμαι ἀκρωτήριον Ἄλιδος O. 9.5
ὦ Μοῖσ, ἀλλὰ σὺ καὶ θυγάτηρ Ἀλάθεια Διός, ὀρθᾷ χερὶ ἐρύκετον ψευδέων ἐνιπὰν O. 10.3
ἀλλ' ὅμως, κρέσσων γὰρ οἰκτιρμοῦ φθόνος, μὴ παρίει καλά P. 1.85
“ἀλλὰ καὶ σκᾶπτον μόναρχον καὶ θρόνος, τὰ μὲν ἄνευ ξυνᾶς ἀνίας λῦσον” P. 4.152ἀλλ' ἐπέων γλυκὺν ὕμνον πράσσετε N. 9.3
ἀλλ' ἀνὰ μὲν βρομίαν φόρμιγγ, ἀνὰ δ αὐλὸν ἐπ αὐτὰν ὄρσομεν ἱππίων ἀέθλων κορυφάν N. 9.8
ἀλλ' ὅμως εὔχορδον ἔγειρε λύραν N. 10.21
“ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν παύσατε· βροτέων δὲ λεχέων τυχοῖσα υἱὸν εἰσιδέτω θανόντ” I. 8.35b where the imperative denotes a climax. cf. 2b supra ἀπὸ Ταυγέτοιο μὲν Σκυρίαι δὲ. ὅπλα δ' ἀπ Ἄργεος, ἅρμα Θηβαῖον, ἀλλ ἀπὸ τᾶς ἀγλαοκάρπου Σικελίας ματεύειν ( ἀλλά om. codd. Athenaei.) fr. 106. 6.c where the following sentence has imperative force “ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν κεφάλαια λόγων ἴστε. λευκίππων δὲ δόμους πατέρων φράσσατέ μοι σαφέως.” P. 4.116 cf. I. 8.35d introducing a wish, prayer ἀλλὰ σὺν δόξᾳ τέλος δωδεκάμηνον περᾶσαί νιν ἀτρώτῳ κραδίᾳ (Dissen: περάσαι σὺν codd.) N. 11.9ἐλαύνεις τι νεώτερον ἢ πάρος; ἀλλά σε πρὸς Διός, ἱπποσόα θοάς, ἱκετεύω, ἀπήμονα εἰς ὄλβον τινὰ τράποιο Pae. 9.7
4 in various minor uses.a introducing statement of intent by poetἀλλἐμὲ χρὴ μναμοσύναν ἀνεγείροντα φράσαι O. 8.74
, cf. P. 4.141 ἀλλὰ πάνδοξον Αἰολάδα σταθυὸν υἱοῦ τε Παγώνδα ὑμνήσω Παρθ. 2. 6.b introducing oracular utterance “ ἀλλὰ μιν ποταμῷ σχεδὸν μολόντα φύρσει” (elocutionem oraculi propriam agnovit Blass.) Pae. 2.73c following a rhetorical question “ τά κέ τις ἀνώνυμον γῆρας ἐν σκότῳ καθήμενος ἕψοι μάταν —; ἀλλ' ἐμοὶ μὲν οὗτος ἄεθλος ὑποκείσεται” O. 1.84τί κομπέω παρὰ καιρόν; ἀλλά με Πυθώ τε καὶ τὸ Πελινναῖον ἀπύει P. 10.4
B compounded with other particles.1 ἀλλὰ γάρ, ἀλλὰ γάρ.a where both particles preserve their original force: yet since ἀλλὰ παρθένοι γὰρ τοῦτον ἔσχετε τεθμόν, κλῦτε νῦν Πα. 6. 53, cf. O. 4.1ff., Wil. on Eur., Her. 138.b emphasising a main point in contrast to preceding: yetεἰ δὲ δή τινἄνδρα θνατὸν Ὀλύμπου σκοποὶ ἐτίμασαν, ἦν Τάνταλος οὗτος· ἀλλὰ γὰρ καταπέψαι μέγαν ὄλβον οὐκ ἐδυνάσθη O. 1.55
οὔτ' ἰδεῖν εὔχοντο πεμπταῖον γεγενημένον. ἀλλ ἐν κέκρυπτο γὰρ σχοίνῳ O. 6.53
“ ἀλλὰ γὰρ νόστου πρόφασις γλυκεροῦ κώλυεν μεῖναι” P. 4.32χαλκέῳ τ' Ἄρει ἅδον. ἀλλἁμέρᾳ γὰρ ἐν μιᾷ τραχεῖα νιφὰς πολέμοιο τεσσάρων ἀνδρῶν ἐρήμωσεν μάκαιραν ἑστίαν I. 4.16
(an enumeration of the glories of Thebes,) ἀλλὰ παλαιὰ γὰρ εὕδει χάρις (v. Schadew. 268̆{5}) I. 7.16c emphasising a maxim, breaking off narrative.ἀλλὰ κοινὸν γὰρ ἔρχεται κῦμ' Ἀίδα N. 7.30
ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀνάπαυσις ἐν παντὶ γλυκεῖα ἔργῳ N. 7.52
d frag. ἀ]λλὰ γὰρ τ[ fr. 60a. 11.2 ἀλλά τοι, ἀλλὰ τοι: emphatic, yetἀλλά τοι ἤρατο τῶν ἀπεόντων P. 3.19
“ ἀλλ' ἄγε τῶνδέ τοι ἔμπαν αἵρεσιν παρδίδωμ” N. 10.82ἀλλ' Ὅμηρός τοι τετίμακεν δἰἀνθρώπων I. 4.37
3 ἀλλὰ μέν: opposing what precedes.ἀλλ' ἐπεύξασθαι μὲν ἐγὼν ἐθέλω Ματρὶ P. 3.77
4 ἀλλ' ἦ. ἀλλ ἦ μακ[ρ]ότερον fr. 6a. e.5ἀλλὰ γε. ἀλλ' ὅ γε Μέλαμπος οὐκ ἤθελεν Pae. 4.28
Ca frag. ἀλλ' οἶος ἄπλατον κεράιζε fr. 93 ἀλλὰ θαυμάζω fr. 122. 13. -
6 τίθημι
Aτιθεῖς Pi.P.8.11
, S.Ph. 992 cod. B ( τιθείς LA rec.), E.Cyc. 545 codd. Lp (- θείς P, l), Alc. codd. pler., corrupted to Stob., Arr.Epict.3.22.76, Pl.Euthd. 301e ([etym.] ἐπι-), Lib. Or.46.28 ([etym.] προς-) ; ἐν-τιθεῖς (v.l. -εὶς) Ar.Eq. 717;περι-τιθεῖς BGU 1141.19
(i B.C.); but τίθης is found in Pl.R.l.c. codd. AD, Ar. l.c. cod. A, Lib.Or.27.11 ([etym.] προς-), etc., and is taught by Choerob. in Theod. 2.328 H.; [dialect] Ep.τίθησθα Od.9.404
, 24.476, and so in [dialect] Aeol., Alc.Supp.4.27 (τίθεισθα Hsch.
); [ per.] 3sg.τίθησι Il.4.83
, al., and [dialect] Att.; [dialect] Dor. (Megara, iv B.C.), Theoc.3.48; [ per.] 3pl.τιθέασι Th.5.96
, Alex.128; [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.τιθεῖσι Il.16.262
, Hes.Th. 597, Hdt.2.91 (also A.Ag. 466 (lyr.)); [dialect] Aeol. τίθεισι ([etym.] προ-) Schwyzer 631 A 2 (ii B.C.); [dialect] Dor.τίθεντι IG12(3).103.10
([place name] Nisvrus); [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.τιθεῖ Il.13.732
, Mimn.1.6, Hdt. 1.113, also Arc., SIG559.16 (Megalop., iii B.C. ) (τιθῶ Luc.Ocyp.43
,81, διατιθῶ cited by A.D.Synt.290.6): [tense] impf. ; , Ar.Nu.59 ([etym.] ἐν-), etc.;ἐτίθει Il.18.541
, al., Ar.Ach. 532, Nu. 63 ([etym.] προς-), etc., [dialect] Ep.τίθει Il.1.441
, al.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.τίθεσαν Od.22.456
;τίθεν Pi.P.3.65
;πρό-τιθεν Od.1.112
(Aristarch.); lateἐτίθουν Act.Ap.4.35
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. τίθεσκον Hes Fr.112; ἐτίθεα ([etym.] ὑπερ-) Hdt.3.155: imper.τίθει Il.1.509
, etc.; inf. τιθέναι, not in Hom. or Hes.; [dialect] Ep.τιθήμεναι Il.23.83
; , Pi.P.1.40;τιθεῖν Thgn.286
, IG12(9).189.5 ([place name] Eretria); written (Phrygia, iv A.D.); part. τιθείς, but [dialect] Ion. pl. τιθεῦντες v.l. in Hdt.2.91: [tense] fut. θήσω, [dialect] Ep. inf.θησέμεναι Il.12.35
,θησέμεν Pi.P.10.58
: [tense] aor.1 ἔθηκα, only used in indic., and mostly in sg., for though [ per.] 3pl. is common, the 1 and [ per.] 2pl. are rare, X.Mem.4.2.15, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hyp.Eux.9; even ἔθηκαν is very rare in early Attic,ἀνέθηκαν IG2.1620d
, 22.2971 (both iv B.C.), but is found in Plb.8.4.4, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.θῆκαν Il.24.795
, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθην, not used in indic. sg., whereas pl. is very common, ἔθεμεν, ἔθετε, ἔθεσαν, [dialect] Ep.θέσαν 12.29
, etc.; imper. , etc.; [dialect] Lacon. [ per.] 3sg. σέτω ib. 1081; subj. θῶ, [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Ion.θέω Sapph.12
, ([etym.] προς-) Hdt.1.108, [dialect] Ep.θείω Il.16.83
, al. (for Θή-ω); [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. θήῃς, θήῃ, 6.432, 16.96, Od.10.301, 341 (sts. with the opt. forms θείης, θείη as v.l.); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 1pl. θέωμεν (disyll.) 24.485, θείομεν (for Θήο-μεν, short-vowel subjunctive) Il.23.244, Od.13.364; opt. θείην, [ per.] 1pl.θεῖμεν 12.347
, Pl.Prt. 343e ( θείημεν codd. BT),προς-θεῖμεν Id.R. 370d
, andκατα-θεῖτε D.14.27
; [ per.] 3pl. ; inf. θεῖναι, [dialect] Ep.θέμεναι Il.2.285
,θέμεν Od.21.3
, Hes.Op.61,67; [dialect] Dor.θέμειν IG 12(1).677.13
(Rhodes, iv B.C.); part.θείς Il.23.254
, etc.: [tense] pf. τέθηκα [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG22.2490.7 (iv B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) ib.839.38, 1299.44, 1534.76, also at Delos, ib.11(2).161 A6 (iii B.C.), etc., and in Papyri, POxy. 1087.42 (i B.C.); (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ὑπο-) PPetr.3p.53 (iii B.C.), ([etym.] ἐκ-) UPZ62.4 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.1011.71,80 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] προς-) Str.1.2.23; hence some editors restore τέθηκα for τέθεικα in Attic authors, as X.Mem.4.4.19, D.20.55, 22.16, 27.36, Alex.15.13; Phocian [ per.] 3pl.ἀνα-τεθέκαντι BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):—[voice] Med. τίθεμαι, [ per.] 2sg. ; τίθη or τίθῃ dub. in PTeb.768.9 (ii B.C.); as [voice] Pass., AP11.300 (Pall.); imper. , Pl. Sph. 237b, , [dialect] Dor. τίθευσο cj. in AP9.564 (Nic., τιθεύσω cod., τίθεσσο Plan., cf. ἀφίκευσο); [dialect] Ep. part.τιθήμενος Il.10.34
: [tense] fut.θήσομαι 24.402
, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἒθηκάμην, only in indic. and part., and never in [dialect] Att.; [ per.] 2sg.ἐθήκαο Theoc.29.18
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg.θήκατο Il.10.31
, Hes.Sc. 128; part.θηκάμενος Thgn.1150
, Pi.P.4.29: [tense] aor. 2ἐθέμην Il.2.750
, etc.; [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. [ per.] 3sg.θέτο 10.149
, Pi.N.10.89; imper.θέο Od. 10.333
, ; subj. , etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 2sg.θῆαι Od. 19.403
; opt. , etc.; [ per.] 3sg.θεῖτο Od.17.225
, A.Pr. 527 (lyr.), Pl.Tht. 195c, etc. (πρός-θοιτο, -θοισθε, ἔν-θοιτο are found in D. 11.6, 21.188, 34.17, butπρος-θεῖτο Id.6.12
codd.; ἐπιθοίμεθα, -θοιντο, Th.6.34,11; cf.τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
): [tense] pf. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass. (Milet., v B.C.), Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a: [tense] fut. , Pl.Lg. 730b, D.24.17: [tense] aor. , Lys.31.28, etc. (ἐθέθην IG14.862
(Cumae, vi B.C.)): [tense] pf. τέθειμαι, rare in early Gr., LXX 1 Ki.9.24, Ev.Marc.15.47, ([etym.] προς-) Arist.Mech. 853a35; inf. codd. (but f.l.); part.τεθειμένος Demad.12
, ([etym.] προ-) X.Hier.9.11, ([etym.] δια-) Men.591; also used in med. sense, D.21.49, SIG705.17 (Delph., ii B.C.), BGU1735.11 (i B.C.), Luc.Somn.9, ([etym.] ἐν-) D.34.16, ([etym.] προ-) Supp.Epigr.7.62.6 (Seleucia Pieria, ii B.C.), ([etym.] συν-) OGI229.62 (Smyrna, iii B.C.); ὑπεκ-τεθημένος (sic) BCH54.269 (Rhamnus, iii B.C.); ἀνα-τέθηται (pass. sense) Phld.Mus.p.81 K.; Phocian [tense] pf. part. (med. sense)ἀνα-τεθεμένος BCH59.202
([place name] Daulis):— the [voice] Pass. never occurs in Hom., and is generally rare, κεῖμαι being used instead.A in local sense, set, put, place,λίθον Il.21.405
, cf. IG12.373.10, al.;θεμείλια Il.12.29
; τέρματα τ. Od.8.193; κλισίην, θρόνον τ. τινί, set a stool or chair for him, 4.123, 8.65 (so in [voice] Med., set for oneself,δίφρον 20.387
);ἐκελήσατο θέμεν τὰν κλίναν, ἐφ' ἇς τὰν Σωστράταν ἔφερον
lay down,IG
42(1).122.31 (Epid., iv B.C.); πόδα τ. plant the foot, i.e. walk, run, A.Eu. 294, E.IT32: so in [voice] Med., τετράποδος βάσιν θηρὸς τιθέμενος, i.e. going on all fours, Id.Hec. 1059 (lyr.): the mode is expressed by Advbs. or Preps.,a with Advbs., τ. τι πυρὸς ἐγγύς, ἀπάνευθε πυρός, Od.14.518, Il.18.412;προπάροιθε ποδῶν 20.324
;χαμαὶ τ. τὸν πόδα A.Ag. 906
; τὰ ἄνω κάτω and τὰ κάτω ἄνω τ. Hdt.3.3, cf. A.Eu. 651, etc.: with Advbs. implying motion,ἄλλοσε θῆκε Od.23.184
, 204;ἔχεις.. ὅποι θήσεις Pl.R. 479c
:—[voice] Med.,ὅποι.. τιθοῖτο X.Mem.3.8.10
.b with Preps. of local sense, ([voice] Med.,ἀμφ' ὤμοισι τιθήμενον ἔντεα Il.10.34
); ἀνά τινι or τι, asἂμ βωμοῖσι Il.8.441
;ἀνὰ μυρίκην 10.466
; ἐπί τινος, τινι, or τι, asεἵματα ἐπ' ἀπήνης Od.6.252
, cf. Il.16.223, etc.;ἐπὶ κρατὶ κυνέην 15.480
; (v. infr.111.2); ἐπὶ [θρόνον τὰ ἱμάτια] Hdt.1.9, cf. A.Supp. 483, etc.; τὴν ἀρχὴν (sc. τοῦ ἐπιδέσμου) κατὰ μεσοφρύου, ἐπὶ ἰνίον, etc., Sor.Fasc.1,2, al.; ὑπό τινι or τι, asδέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ Il.24.644
;ἀμβροσίην ὑπὸ ῥῖνά τινι Od.4.445
: most freq. with the Preps. ἐν or εἰς, put in or put into.., asθῆκεν ἐν ἀκμοθέτῳ ἄκμονα Il.18.476
;τόξα ἐν πυρί 5.215
;ἐν κίστῃ ἐδωδήν Od.6.76
; ἐν λεχέεσσι θ. [τινά] Il.18.352 (so in [voice] Med., ἐς δίφρον ἄρνας θέτο put into the car, 3.310;ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 Ep.Cor.12.18
); ἐς λάρνακα, ἐς κάπετον, Il.24.795, 797; ([voice] Med.,ἐν τάφοισι θέσθε Id.OC 1410
), cf. Ant. 504, Tr. 1254.c in Poets also with dat. only,χρήματα μυχῷ ἄντρου Od.13.364
(so in [voice] Med.,κολεῷ ἄορ θέο 10.333
), cf. S.Tr. 691, E.Hel. 1064.--The same constructions will be found under many of the following heads.II Special phrases:1 θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν χερσίν, ἐν χειρί, put it in his hands, Il.1.441, 585, etc.; ἐν χερσί orχείρεσσί τινος 6.482
, 23.597;οἶνον Ὀδυσσῆϊ ἐν χείρεσσι Od.14.448
; ἐς χεῖρά τινος into his hand, S.Aj. 751.2 of women, θέσθαι παῖδα, υἱὸν ὑπὸ ζώνῃ, to have a child put under her girdle, i.e. to conceive, h.Ven. 255, 282.3 ἐν ὄμμασι θέσθαι set before one's eyes, Pi.N.8.43.5 θέσθαι τὴν ψῆφον lay one's voting-pebble on the altar, put it into the urn, : hence simply, give one's vote, ἐπὶ φόνῳ for death, E.Or. 756 (troch.); ἑωυτῷ in one's own favour, Hdt.8.123;σὺν τῷ νόμῳ X.Cyr.1.3.17
; εὔφρονα, δικαίαν τὴν ψῆφον τ., A.Supp. 640 (lyr.), Lycurg.128, etc.; and in [voice] Pass., : also γνώμην θέσθαι, c. inf., give one's opinion, Hdt.7.82;περὶ ἡμῶν And.3.21
: τίθεσθαι abs., vote, codd. (anap., γνώμην Lambinus), Hld.2.29;μετά τινος A.Supp. 644
(lyr.);ἐναντία τινί Pl.Phlb. 58b
; τινι S.E.P.2.37 codd., Lib.Decl.1.65.6 in Hom., θεῖναί τινί τι ἐν στήθεσσι, ἐν φρεσί, etc., put or plant it in his heart,ἐν στήθεσσι τιθεῖ νόον Il.13.732
; βουλὴν ἐν στήθεσσι τ. 17.470;ἔπος ἐν φρεσί 19.121
, al.; alsoμένος δέ οἱ ἐν φρεσὶ θῆκε 21.145
:—[voice] Med., ἄγριον ἐν στήθεσσι θέτο θυμόν laid up wrath in his heart, treasured it there, 9.629; ; τοῖσιν κότον αἰνὸν ἔθεσθε harboured enmity against them, 8.449;καθαρὸν θέμενος νόον Thgn.89
;θέμενος ἄγναμπτον νόον A.Pr. 164
(lyr.); ἐνὶ φρεσὶ θέσθαι, c. inf., bear in mind, think of doing a thing, Od.4.729;θ. [τι] ἐν καρδίᾳ Ev.Luc. 1.66
.7 deposit, as in a bank,τὰ πρυτανεῖα πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας IG12.22.33
; ;ἐνέχυρον τιθέναι τι Ar.Pl. 451
, cf. Ec. 755, D.41.11, PEnteux.32.7 (iii B.C.), etc.:—[voice] Med., .ά, cf. Od.13.207;τὴν τιμὴν θήσονται ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν, ἕως.. PCair.Zen.723.11
(iii B.C.);ἐγγύην θέσθαι A.Eu. 898
;συνθήκας παρά τινι Lycurg.23
:—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ληφθέντα καὶ τὰ τεθεντα D.49.5
(but [voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are sts. distd., ὁ θείς the mortgagor, ὁ θέμενος the mortgagee, , cf. Hyp.Fr. 169, D.53.10; τίθεσθαι seems to have the same meaning as ὑποτίθεσθαι in IG22.43.41, 2758.4, 12(7).55.12 (Arcesine, iv/iii B.C.), but the two are distd. in Supp.Epigr.3.760 (Euboea, iv B.C.)): metaph., χάριν or χάριτα θέσθαι τινί deposit a claim for favour with one, lay an obligation on one, Hdt.9.60, 107, cf. A.Pr. 783, etc.8 pay down, pay, τόκον, εἰσφοράν, μετοίκιον, D.41.9, 22.43, 29.3;τὸ γιγνόμενον Id.18.104
;τὸν πριάμενον ἑκατοστὴν τιθέναι τῆς τιμῆς Thphr.Fr.97.1
;τὴν τιμήν PRev.Laws 18.13
(iii B.C.);τὰ μέρη PCair.Zen.218.33
(iii B.C.); [τὰς δραχμὰς] εἰς ἀνήλωμα τοῦ πλοίου ib.753.64 (iii B.C.):—[voice] Med.,θέμενος ἀρραβῶνα PFlor.303.3
(vi A.D.).b place to account, reckon, D.27.34,36, 28.13;θήσω εἰς δύο παῖδας χιλίας δραχμὰς ἑκάστου ἐνιαυτοῦ Lys.32.28
, cf. ib.21:—metaph. in [voice] Med., ; τἀγαθὰ ἐς ἀμφίβολον ἀσφαλῶς ἔθεντο reckoned as doubtful, Th.4.18.10 in military language, τίθεσθαι or θέσθαι τὰ ὅπλα has four senses,a rest arms, i.e. halt, with arms in an easy position but ready for action, Th.4.44,93, 7.3; θέμενοι ἐς τὴν ἀγορὰν τὰ ὅπλα advancing to the market-place and resting arms there, Id.2.2, cf. Hdt.9.52, X.An.1.5.14, 17, 1.6.4, etc.; εἰς τάξιν τὰ ὅπλα τ. ib.2.2.21, 5.4.11; so ἐν τάξει ib.2.2.8; ἀντία τισί over against them, Hdt.5.74 (in 1.62 ἀντία ἔθεντο τὰ ὅπλα over against it (the temple)); poet., πάτρας ἕνεκα εἰς δῆριν ἔθεντο ὅπλα Inscr. ap. D.18.289.b bear arms, fight,τὸ θυμοειδὲς.. ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς στάσει τίθεσθαι τὰ ὅπλα πρὸς τὸ λογιστικόν Pl.R. 440e
;τοῦ δήμου.. παρακαλοῦντος τοὺς στρατιώτας τίθεσθαι πρὸς τὴν πόλιν IG22.666.10
;ὃς ἂν μὴ θῆται τὰ ὅπλα μηδὲ μεθ' ἑτέρων Arist.Ath.8.5
, cf. Lys.31.14, D.21.145; so ὁπόσοιπερ ἂν ὅπλα ἱππικὰ ἢ πεζικὰ τιθῶνται who serve on horseback or on foot, Pl.Lg. 753b, cf. 756a;ἐν ταῖς ναυσὶ τὰ ὅπλα θέσθαι Plu.Cim.5
.c lay down one's arms, surrender, D.S.20.31,45; so, without the idea of surrender, θέσθαι τὰς ἀσπίδας X.HG2.4.12 (but [voice] Act.,τὰ ὅπλα θείς Plu.2.759a
).d τὰ ὅπλα εὖ τίθεσθε keep your arms in good order, X.Cyr.4.5.3;εὖ ἀσπίδα θέσθω Il.2.382
.II lay in the grave, bury, (freq. with words added, ἐν τάφοισι, ἐς ταφάς, etc., v. supr. 1 b); ποῦ σφε θήσομεν χθονός; A.Th. 1006 (lyr.):— [voice] Pass.,τὰ δὲ ὀστᾶ φασι.. τεθῆναι.. ἐν τῇ Ἀττικῇ Th.1.138
, cf. Pl.Mx. 242c, Lg. 947e;ἄλλῳ δὲ μηδενὶ ἐξεῖναι ἐν τῷ πυργίσκῳ τεθῆναι μετὰ τὸ ἐνταφῆναι αὐτήν· ἐπεὶ ὁ θείς τινα ἀσεβὴς ἔστω θεοῖς καταχθονίοις TAM 2(1).51
([place name] Telmessus), cf. 55, al., AJP48.30 ([place name] Apamea), Supp.Epigr. 6.221 ([place name] Phrygia), etc.III set up, of the prizes in games,ἄεθλα Il.23.263
, etc.; ἀέθλιον ib. 748; (so in [voice] Pass., τὰ τιθέμενα the prizes, D.61.25); also with the object offered as the prize, τ. δέπας, βοῦν, σόλον, etc., Il.23.656, 750, 826, al., cf. Hdt. 1.144, S.Aj. 573:—this is more fully expressed by ἐς μέσσον τ., Il.23.704: after Hom. more generally, lay before people as common property, ; ; so alsoτ. τι εἰς τὸ κοινὸν X.Mem.3.14.1
; reading and sense are doubtful in A.Ch. 145.2 set up in a temple, dedicate,ἀγάλματα Od.12.347
;τάσδε.. θεοῖς ἀσπίδας ἔθηκε E.Ph. 576
; so perh. Il.6.92 (v. supr. 1b).IV assign, award,τιμήν τινι Il.24.57
;ὄνομά τινι Pl.Sph. 244d
: esp. in [voice] Med., ὄνομα (or οὔνομα) θέσθαι τινί give a child a name at one's own discretion, Od.18.5, 19.406 (in 19.403 with v.l. θείης), Hdt.1.107, 113, cf. E.Ph.13: ellipt., withoutὄνομα, ᾧ δὴ ἀθροίς ματι ἄνθρωπόν τε τίθενται καὶ λίθον Pl.Tht. 157b
, cf. Cra. 402b: pleonast., .V τιθέναι νόμον down or give a law, of a legislator, S.El. 580, E.Alc.57, Ar.Ach. 532, Pl.R. 339c, D.24.99, etc.:—so in [voice] Med., of Solon, Hdt.1.29; of a people, state, or legislature, give oneself a law, make a law, Pl.R. 338e, Isoc.3.6, Arist. Pol. 1289a14 ([voice] Pass.,τίθεται νόμος Ar.Nu. 1425
, Pl.Lg. 705e, 744a; τιμωρίαι.. ἐτέθησαν ib. 943d); alsoθήσω θεσμόν A.Eu. 484
;κήρυγμα θεῖναι S.Ant.8
; σκῆψιν τιθέναι allege an excuse, Id.El. 584: c. acc. et inf., order matters so that.., [ὁ Λυκοῦργος] ἔθηκε θύειν βασιλέα πρὸ τῆς πόλεως τὰ δημόσια ἅπαντα X.Lac.15.2
, cf. 1.5, 2.11; without inf., : c. dat. et inf.,γυναιξὶ σωφρονεῖν.. θήσει Id.Tr. 1057
.2 [voice] Med., agree upon,ἡμέραν θέσθαι D.42.1
,13; so θ. συγγραφήν, ὁμολογίαν, σύμβολόν τινι, etc., PEleph. 2.16 (iii B.C.), PGoodsp.Cair. 6ii 2 (ii B.C.), PRein.11.9 (ii B.C.), etc.3 execute a document. τ. διαθήκην make a will, Stud.Pal.1.6.3 (v A.D.): so in [voice] Med., PSI10.1119.16 (ii A.D.); θέσθαι τινὸς ἀπαρχήν make out a person's birth-certificate, ib.9.1067.15 (iii B.C.), etc.VI establish, institute, , cf. X.An.1.2.10; ἐν τοῖς ἀγώνοις οἷς ἁ πόλις τίφητι (sic) Delph.3(3).120.17 (ii B.C.);πενταετηρίδα Pi.O.3.21
.VII dispose, order, ordain, bring to pass, of gods,οὕτω νῦν Ζεὺς θείη Od.8.465
, 15.180;ὣς ἄο' ἔμελλον θησέμεναι Il.12.35
; [Ζεὺς] τίθησ' ὅπῃ θέλει Semon.1.2
; τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντ' ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω στρέφων τίθησιν (sc. Ζεύς) A.Eu. 651; πάντα παγκάκως θεοὶ θέσαν cj. in Id.Pers. 283 (lyr.);τέλος δ' ἔθηκε Ζεὺς.. καλῶς S.Tr. 26
; κόσμῳ θέντες, as etym. of θεοί, Hdt.2.52; of human beings, administer, manage, [τι] κακῶς θέμεν, εὖ θέμεν, Thgn.845, 846;τὰ δ' ἄλλα φροντὶς.. θήσει δικαίως A.Ag. 913
; ἐγὼ καὶ σὺ θήσομεν κρατοῦντε τῶνδε δωμάτων καλῶς ib. 1673 (troch.);ταῦτ' ἐγὼ θήσω καλῶς E.Hipp. 521
, cf. Andr. 737;τὰ παρ' ὑμῶν εὖ τίθει Ar.Lys. 243
;τ. τὰ τῶν φίλων ἀσφαλῶς X.Ages.11.12
; :—[voice] Med., administer for oneself,οἶκον εὖ θέσθαι Hes.Op.23
;ἄνδρας σοφοὺς χρὴ τὸ παρὸν πρᾶγμα καλῶς εἰς δύναμιν τίθεσθαι Cratin. 172
(lyr.), cf. D.23.134, Anon.ap Suid.s.v. τίθεσθαι, Hsch.s.v.τὸ παρὸν εὖ τίθεσο; ἐν ἀπόρῳ εἴχοντο θέσθαι τὸ παρόν Th.1.25
; τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι make the best of one's resources or situation, Luc.Nec.21, M. Ant.6.2, cf. Aristid.2.35 J.; ;τὰ παρόντα θέσθαι καλῶς Ach.Tat.5.11
;τὰ σεωυτοῦ τιθέμενος εὖ Hdt.7.236
;τὰ οἰκεῖα εὖ θέμενον Pl.R. 443d
; ;τὰ πάντα ὅπως ἂν αὐτῇ ἡδὺ ᾖ οὕτως τίθεσθαι X.Mem.1.4.17
;εἰ μὴ θήσομαι τἄμ' ὡς ἄριστα E.Andr. 378
;τὸ σαυτοῦ θέμενος εὖ Id.IT 1003
, cf. Ba.49, HF 605, 938, Hipp. 709, Dionys.Eleg.1.5;τὰ πρὶν εὖ θέμενος S.El. 1434
; συνετῶν ἀνδρῶν (sc. εἶναι), πρὶν γενέσθαι τὰ δυσχερῆ, προνοῆσαι ὅπως μὴ γένηται· ἀνδρείων δέ, γενόμενα εὖ θέσθαι Pittac.
ap. D.L.1.78; τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι that all should face the common danger, Th.4.61; of wars, quarrels, etc., bring them to a successful issue, but sts. put a good face on them, patch them up,ἕως ἂν τὸν πόλεμον εὖ θῶνται Id.8.84
;θήσονται τὸν πόλεμον ᾗ βούλονται Id.1.31
; πόλεμον ἀραμένους οὐ ῥᾴδιον εὐπρεπῶς θέσθαι ib.82;ὅτῳ τρόπῳ.. τὸ σφέτερον ἀπρεπὲς εὖ θήσονται Id.6.11
; ;τὸν τρὸς τοὺς Ἐλευσῖνι πόλεμον ὡς μετρίως ἔθεντο Pl.Mx. 243e
; ἄμεινον ἢ τότε ἐθέμεθα τὸν πόλεμον ib. 245e; : abs.,θέσθαι καλῶς S.Fr. 350
:—pass.,εἰ τεθήσεται κατὰ νοῦν τὰ πράγματα Th.4.120
.2 in the game of πεττεία, κυβεία, Lat. tesserae (cf. Ter.Adelph.739), to place as skilfully as possible the pieces which have been assigned to one by the luck of the dice,πεττείᾳ τινὶ ἔοικεν ὁ βίος, καὶ δεῖ ὥσπερ ψῆφόν τινα τίθεσθαι τὸ συμβαῖνον Socr.
ap. Stob.4.56.39;ὥσπερ ἐν πτώσει κύβων πρὸς τὰ πεπτωκότα τίθεσθαι τὰ αὑτοῦ πράγματα ὅπῃ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ βέλτιστ' ἂν ἔχειν Pl.R. 604c
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh.26;στέργειν δὲ τἀκπεσόντα καὶ θέσθαι πρέπει σοφὸν κυβευτήν S.Fr. 947
; τὰ δεσποτῶν γὰρ εὖ πεσόντα θήσομαι I will take advantage of my master's good luck, A.Ag.32: many of the passages cited in A. v11. I may be metaph. applications of this sense.B put in a certain state or condition, much the same as ποιεῖν, ποιεῖσθαι, and so often to be rendered by our make:I folld. by an attributive Subst., make one something, with the predicate in apposition, θεῖναί τινα αἰχμητήν, ἱέρειαν, μάντιν, etc., Il.1.290, 6.300, Od.15.253, etc.;θ. τινὰ ἀρχέπολιν Pi.P.9.54
; θεῖναί τινα ἄλοχόν τινος make her another's wife, of a third person who negotiates a marriage, Il.19.298 (for [voice] Med., v. infr. 3); ἥτε με τοῖον ἔθηκεν ὅπως ἐθέλει who has made me such as she will, Od.16.208; σῦς ἔθηκας ἑταίρους thou hast made my comrades swine, 10.338; so [νῆα] λᾶαν ἔθηκε 13.163
, cf. Il.2.319, etc.;ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον LXX Ps.109(110).1
; but γέλων ἔθηκε συνδείπνοις caused them laughter, E. Ion 1172; λόγους εἰς μέτρα τ. put them into verse, Pl. Lg. 669d.2 with an Adj. for the attributive, θεῖναί τινα ἀθάνατον καὶ ἀγήρων make him undying and undecaying, Od.5.136; πηρόν, τυφλόν, ἀφνειὸν τ. τινά, Il.2.599, 6.139, 9.483;τὸν μὲν.. θῆκε μείζονά τ' εἰσιδέειν καὶ πάσσονα Od.6.229
, cf. 18.195, Pl.Prt. 344d.b of things, ἅλιον πόνον, πόνον οὐκ ἀτέλεστον, πάντα μεταμώνια, Il.4.26,57, 363;ὄλεθρον ἀπευθέα θῆκε Κρονίων Od.3.88
, cf. 11.274;ἀποίητον θέμεν ἔργων τέλος Pi.O.2.17
;ἀρὰν τ. ἀλαθῆ A.Th. 944
(lyr.); ἀναστάτους οἴκους τ. S.Ant. 674; ; τὸ πραχθὲν ἀγένητον τ. Pl.Prt. 324b.3 freq. in [voice] Med., γυναῖκα or ἄκοιτιν θέσθαι τινά make her one's wife, Od.21.72, 316, B.5.169; παῖδα τὸν αὑτᾶς πόσιν θ. take her own son as husband, A.Th. 929 (lyr.).b υἱὸν θέσθαι τινά, like ποιεῖσθαι, make one's son, adopt, Pl.Lg. 929c, etc.: abs., θέσθαι τινά adopt, Plu.Aem.5.c generally,προσφιλῆ θέσθαι τινά S.Ph. 532
; but φίλον ἐμαυτῷ θ. deem my friend, Id.Ant. 188; γέλωτα θέσθαι τινά make him one's butt, Hdt.3.29, 7.209.4 c. inf., make one do so and so, τιθέναι τινὰ νικᾶσαι make him conquer, Pi.N.10.48 (dub.);μετατραπεῖν Id.Fr. 177
; (lyr.), cf. 1036, 1174 (lyr.), E.Med. 718, Heracl. 990, etc.II in reference to mental action, when [voice] Med. is more freq. than [voice] Act., lay down. assume, hold, reckon or regard as.., τί δ' ἐλέγχεα ταῦτα τίθεσθε; Od.21.333; (lyr.); , cf. 430b ([voice] Med.); θὲς δή μοι.. now suppose so and so, Id.Tht. 191c;εὐεργέτημά τι θεῖναι D.1.10
; withὡς, θέντες ὡς ὑπάρχον εἶναι ὃ βούλονται Pl.R. 458a
, cf. Phd. 100a;μὴ τοῦτο ὡς ἀδίκημα θῇς D.18.193
.2 folld. by Advbs., ποῦ χρὴ τίθεσθαι ταῦτα; in what light must we regard these things? S.Ph. 451; οὐδαμοῦ τιθέναι τι hold of no account, E.Andr. 210; πρόσθεν or ἐπίπροσθέν τινος τιθέναι τι, Id.Hec. 129 (anap.), Supp. 515; πόρρω τίθεσθαί τί τινων set far below.., D.18.299.3 folld. by Preps.,τ. τινὰ ἐν φιλοσόφοις Pl.R. 475d
;ἐν τοῖς φίλοις X.Mem.2.4.4
; also εἰς ὁποτέραν (of two classes) Pl.Sph. 264c; εἰς τὸν δῆμον, εἰς τοὺς πλουσίους, X.Mem.4.2.39; alsoοὐκ ἐν λόγῳ τίθεσθαί τινα Tyrt.12.1
;ἐν τιμῇ τίθεσθαί τινα Hdt.3.3
;ἐν αἰτίῃ τιθέναι τινά Id.8.99
; ἐν οἰωνῷ τινι τοῦ μέλλοντος, ἐν ἐπαίνῳ, ἐν γέλωτι τίθεσθαι, Plu.Alex.31, Cat.Ma.20, TG17; θέσθαι παρ' οὐδέν set at naught, A.Ag. 230 (lyr.), E.IT 732, cf. Pl.Phdr. 252a (but (i B.C.), Supp.Epigr.7.1.6 (Susa, i A.D., Epist.Artabani));ἐν παρέργῳ θοῦ με S.Ph. 473
; πάντα ταῦτ' ἐν εὐχερεῖ ἔθου ib. 876;ταῦτ' ἐν αἰσχρῷ θέμενος E. Hec. 806
;ἐν ἀδικήματι θέσθαι τι Th.1.35
;ἐν ἀδικήματος μέρει τιθέναι τι D.23.148
; θέσθαι τὰ δίκαια ἔκ τινος estimate them by.., Id.8.8.4 c. partit. gen., ἐμὲ θὲς τῶν πεπεις μένων put me down as one of the convinced, Pl.R. 424c, cf. 376e, 437b; τῆς ἡμετέρας ἀμελείας ἄν τις θείη might reckon it as due to our carelessness, D.1.10.5 c. inf., οὐ τίθημ' ἐγὼ ζῆν τοῦτον I hold not that he lives, count him not as living, S.Ant. 1166: so in [voice] Med., Pl.Phd. 93c, D. 25.43,44: rarely c. part., θήσω ἀδικοῦντα [αὐτόν] Id.23.76, cf. Pl. Prt. 343e, Ap. 27c.6 elliptically, lay down, assume, θῶμεν δύο εἴδη (sc. εἶναι) Id.Phd. 79a, etc.; θήσω οὕτω (sc. εἶναί τι) D.23.85, cf. Arist.Pol. 1290a30.7 affirm, opp. αἴρω (deny), τὸ ἐπέκεινα ὄντος οὐ τόδε λέγει- οὐ γὰρ τίθησιν-- the phrase 'beyond being' does not denote a 'this' (for it is not an affirmation), Plot.5.5.6.C without any attributive word following, make, work, execute, of an artist,ἐν δ' ἐτίθει νειόν Il.18.541
, cf. 550, 561, 607; [δόρπον] θησέμεναι Od.20.394
.2 make, cause, bring to pass,ἔργα Il.3.321
;τ. κέλαδον καὶ ἀϋτήν 9.547
;ὀρυμαγδόν Od.9.235
;ἔριν μετ' ἀμφοτέροισιν 3.136
; φιλότητα, ὅρκια μετ' ἀμφ., Il.4.83, Od.24.546: c. dat. pers.,σῆμα τιθεὶς Τρώεσσι Il.8.171
; , etc.;πᾶσι δ' ἔθηκε πόνον 21.524
, cf. 15.721, 16.262; 6, etc.;χάρματ' ἄλλοις ἔθηκεν Pi.O.2.99
;πόλει κατασκαφὰς θέντες A. Th.47
;εἰρήνην φίλοις Id.Pers. 769
;αἷμα θήσεις E.Ba. 837
(s. v.l.).3 freq. in [voice] Med., make or prepare for oneself, θέσθαι κέλευθον make oneself a road, open a way, Il.12.418;θέτο δῶμα Od.15.241
; τίθεντο δὲ δαῖτα, δόρπα, Il.7.475, 9.88 (but δαῖτα τίθενται are holding a feast, Od.17.269); μεγάλην ἐπιγουνίδα θέσθαι to make oneself, get a large thigh, Od.17.225; θέσθαι μάχην engage in.., Il.24.402; ; ἱδρῶτα τίθεσθαι have an access of perspiration, Hp.Decent.2; μαρτύρια θέσθαι produce as testimony, Hdt.8.55; ἀνδρὸς αἰδοίου πρόσοψιν θηκάμενος putting on the aspect of a reverend man, Pi.P.4.29, cf. Hsch. s.v. θήκατο; πόνον πλέω τίθου work thyself the more annoy, A.Eu. 226;εὐκλεᾶ θέσθαι βίον S.Ph. 1422
, etc.4 periphr. for a single Verb. μνηστήρων σκέδασιν θεῖναι make a scattering, Od.1.116; θέμεν κρυφόν, νέμεσιν, αἶνον, for κρύπτειν, νεμεσῦν, αἰνεῖν, Pi.O.2.97, 8.86, N.1.5;μὴ σχολὴν τίθει A. Ag. 1059
; ὑμῖν ἔθηκε σὺν θεοῖς σωτηρίαν (v.l. προμηθίαν) E.Med. 915:— also in [voice] Med., θέσθαι μάχην, for μάχεσθαι, Il.24.402; θέσθαι θυσίαν, γάμον, for θύειν, γαμεῖσθαι, Pi.O.7.42, 13.53; σπουδήν, πρόνοιαν θέσθαι, S.Aj.13, 536, cf. Pi.P.4.276;θ. ἐπιστροφὴν πρό τινος S.OT 134
;περὶ τούτων οἰκονομίας PEnteux.22.6
(iii B.C.); and c. gen., θ. λησμοσύναν, συγγνωμοσύνην τινῶν, S.Ant. 151 (lyr.), Tr. 1265 (anap.). (Cf. Lith. dēti 'lay (eggs, etc.)', Skt. dáti 'lay down, place', Lat. -do in con-do, etc., Engl. do, doom.) -
7 οὗτος
οὗτος, αὕτη, τοῦτο (Hom.+) demonstrative pron., used as adj. and subst. On its use s. B-D-F §290 al.; W-S. §23; Rob. 697–706; Mlt-Turner 192f; cp. Schwyzer II 208–10.① as subst., the person or thing comparatively near at hand in the discourse material, this, this one (contrast ἐκεῖνος referring to someth. comparatively farther away; cp. Lk 18:14; Js 4:15; Hm 3:5)ⓐ gener.α. w. ref. to someth. here and now, directing attention to it (Appian, Liby. 62 §276 οὗτος=this man here [referring to one who is present; s. Schwyzer II 208]. Cp. Pherecrates Com. 134 K. οὗτος πόθεν ἦλθες;=‘you there, where did you come from?’; cp. ὦ οὗτος οὗτος Aristoph., Vesp. 1364; TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 17 [Stone p. 68] οὗτός ἐστιν τῶν τριῶν ἀνδρῶν εἷς ‘he is one of the three men’; TestJob 30:2 οὗτός ἐστιν he’s the one) οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱός μου Mt 3:17; 17:5; Mk 9:7; Lk 7:44ff; J 1:15, 30; Ac 2:15; 4:10; 2 Pt 1:17 and oft. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου this is my body (s. εἰμί 2cα end) Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 (ÉDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’évangile de Luc ’76, 109–21); 1 Cor 11:24. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου Mt 26:28; Mk 14:24.—W. a connotation of contempt (Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 628 D.: ὦ οὗτος=O you poor fellow! Likew. Maximus Tyr. 37, 8d; in refutation Just., D. 39, 4; 128, 2) Lk 5:21; 7:39, 49; 15:30 (Reader, Polemo 325); 22:59; J 6:42, 52. Contexts suggest a related nuance in Mt 13:55f (JosAs 4:13 οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ποιμένος … ;); 21:10; Mk 6:2f; J 7:15. (Other reff. Rob. 697; s. also 2a below.)—Cp. Mt 21:11; Ac 9:21.β. w. ref. to someth. that has immediately preceded, this one (who has just been mentioned) Lk 1:32; J 1:2; 6:71; 2 Ti 3:6, 8.—At the beginning of a narrative concerning a pers. already mentioned Mt 3:3; Lk 2:36, 37 v.l., 38 v.l.; 7:12 v.l.; 8:42 v.l.; 16:1; J 1:41; 3:2; 12:21; 21:21a; Ac 21:24; Ro 16:2 v.l.; 1 Cor 7:12 (on the interchange of αὐτή and αὕτη s. B-D-F §277, 3).—Emphasizing a pers. already mentioned this (very) one Mt 21:11; J 9:9; Ac 4:10 (ἐν τούτῳ); 9:20; 1J 5:6; 2 Pt 2:17. καὶ τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον and him as the crucified one 1 Cor 2:2. καὶ τούτους ἀποτρέπου avoid such people (as I have just described) 2 Ti 3:5. καὶ οὗτος this one (just mentioned) also Hb 8:3 (JosAs 7:3 καὶ αὕτη).γ. w. ref. to a subject more remote in the paragraph, but closer to the main referent under discussion (W-S. §23, 2; Rob. 702f) Ac 4:11; 7:19; 2J 7; Jd 7 rebellious angels vs. 6).δ. w. ref. to what follows: w. a relative foll. οὗτος ὅς Lk 5:21. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἵτινες 8:15. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπειρόμενοι, οἳ … these are the ones sowed on the rocky ground, who … Mk 4:16. ταύτην … εἰς ἣν στῆτε 1 Pt 5:12. οὗτοι … ὅπου Mk 4:15 s. ὅπου 1aα.—W. ὅτι foll.: αὕτη ἐστιν ἡ κρίσις ὅτι J 3:19; cp. 1J 1:5; 5:11, 14.—W. ἵνα foll.: αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ ἐμή, ἵνα J 15:12; cp. 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3; 2J 6ab. τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ ἔργον, τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ, ἵνα J 6:29, 39f.—W. inf. foll. Js 1:27.—W. ptc. foll. (ApcSed 15:5; Just., D. 2, 1; Mel., P. 68, 486) οὗτος ὁ ἀνοίξας J 11:37. οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ τὸν λόγον ἀκούσαντες these are the ones who have heard the word Mk 4:18. ἀδελφοί μου οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ … ἀκούοντες καὶ ποιοῦντες Lk 8:21.—W. subst. foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ νίκη … ἡ πίστις ἡμῶν 1J 5:4.ε. Resuming someth. previously mentioned, w. special emphasis—a subst.: Μωϋσῆν, ὸ̔ν ἠρνήσαντο … τοῦτον ὁ θεὸς … Moses, whom they rejected, … is the very one whom God Ac 7:35 (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 Δαρεῖος …, οὗτος). τῶν ἀνδρῶν … ἕνα τούτων of the men … one of these (very men) Ac 1:21f. οὐ τὰ τέκνα τ. σαρκὸς ταῦτα τέκνα τ. θεοῦ Ro 9:8; cp. vs. 6. ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κλήσει ᾗ ἐκλήθη, ἐν ταύτῃ μενέτω in this (very one) 1 Cor 7:20. Cp. J 10:25; Ac 2:23; 4:10; Ro 7:10; Gal 3:7.—A relative clause: ὸ̔ς ἂν ποιήσῃ καὶ διδάξῃ, οὗτος … Mt 5:19.—Mk 3:35; 6:16; Lk 9:24b, 26; J 3:26; Ro 8:30. διʼ ἧς σαρκὸς … διὰ ταύτης AcPl Ha 2, 15. ὸ̔ …, τοῦτο Ac 3:6; Ro 7:15f, 19f; Gal 6:7. ἃ …, ταῦτα J 8:26; Gal 5:17b; Phil 4:9; 2 Ti 2:2. ὅστις …, οὗτος Mt 18:4. ἅτινα …, ταῦτα Phil 3:7. ὅσοι …, οὗτοι Ro 8:14; Gal 6:12.—A ptc.: ὁ ὑπομείνας, οὗτος σωθήσεται Mt 10:22.—13:20, 22; 24:13; 26:23; Mk 12:40; Lk 9:48; J 6:46; 15:5; Ac 15:38; 1 Cor 6:4.—After εἴ τις Ro 8:9; 1 Cor 3:17; 8:3; Js 1:23; 3:2.—ὅσα ἐστὶν ἀληθῆ, ὅσα σεμνά, ὅσα … (ὅσα six times altogether), εἴ τις ἀρετὴ καὶ εἴ τις ἔπαινος, ταῦτα λογίζεσθε Phil 4:8.—After ἐάν τις J 9:31. After ὅταν Ro 2:14. After καθώς J 8:28.—After the articular inf. εἰ τὸ ζῆν ἐν σαρκί, τοῦτο … Phil 1:22.ζ. used w. αὐτός: αὐτὸς οὗτος he himself Ac 25:25. Pl. 24:15, 20. On αὐτὸ τοῦτο 2 Pt 1:5 s. αὐτός 1g and Schwyzer II 211.η. As a subject, the demonstr. can take on the gender of its predicate (W-S. §23, 5; Rob. 698): τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας Mt 13:38. Cp. Lk 8:14f.—Mt 7:12; Lk 2:12; 8:11; 22:53; J 1:19; Ro 11:27 (Is 59:21); 1 Cor 9:3; Gal 4:24.ⓑ In particular, the neut. is used (for the fem. sg. Mk 12:11; Mt 21:42 [both Ps 117:23] s. B-D-F 138, 2)α. w. ref. to what precedes: Lk 5:6; J 6:61; Ac 19:17. As the obj. of a verb of saying (Jos., Vi. 291, Ant. 20, 123 al.) Lk 24:40; J 6:6; 7:9; 8:6; 12:33; 18:38 al.—Freq. w. preposition (cp. Johannessohn, Präp. 383 [index]): διὰ τοῦτο cp. διά B 2b. εἰς τοῦτο cp. εἰς 4f. ἐκ τούτου cp. ἐκ 3e (=‘for this reason’ also PRyl 81, 24). ἐν τούτῳ for this reason J 16:30; Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4; 2 Cor 5:2; by this 1J 3:19. ἐπὶ τούτῳ s. ἐπί 18b. μετὰ τοῦτο cp. μετά B 2c. τούτου χάριν (PAmh 130, 6 [I A.D.]; Just., D. 1, 2) Eph 3:14.—The pl. summarizes what precedes: Lk 8:8; 11:27; 24:26; J 5:34; 15:11; 21:24 and oft.—On Midrashic use in Ac, s. EEllis, BRigaux Festschr., ’70, 303–12.β. w. ref. to what follows, esp. before clauses that express a statement, purpose, result, or condition, which it introduces: τοῦτο λέγω w. direct discourse foll. this is what I mean Gal 3:17; in ellipsis τοῦτο δέ the point is this 2 Cor 9:6; w. ὅτι foll. 1 Cor 1:12. τοῦτό φημι ὅτι 7:29 v.l.; 15:50. τοῦτο γινώσκειν, ὅτι Lk 10:11; 12:39; Ro 6:6; 2 Ti 3:1; 2 Pt 1:20; 3:3. (Just., D. 110, 1). λογίζῃ τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ro 2:3; ὁμολογῶ τοῦτο, ὅτι Ac 24:14. εἰδὼς τοῦτο, ὅτι understanding this, that 1 Ti 1:9. τοῦτο ἔχεις, ὅτι Rv 2:6.—W. ἵνα foll.: πόθεν μοι τοῦτο, ἵνα ἔλθῃ ἡ μήτηρ … ; Lk 1:43. Cp. J 6:29, 39.—W. a prep. ἐν τούτῳ, ὅτι Lk 10:20; J 9:30 (v.l. τοῦτο); 1J 3:16, 24; 4:9, 10. περὶ τούτου, ὅτι J 16:19. διὰ τοῦτο, ὅτι for this reason, (namely) that 5:16, 18; 8:47. εἰς τοῦτο, ἵνα J 18:37; Ac 9:21; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9 al. διὰ τοῦτο, ἵνα 13:10; 1 Ti 1:16; Phlm 15. ἐν τούτῳ, ἵνα J 15:8; 1J 4:17. ἐν τούτῳ ἐάν J 13:35; 1J 2:3. ἐν τούτῳ, ὅταν 5:2.—Before an inf. τοῦτο κέκρικεν …, τηρεῖν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ παρθένον 1 Cor 7:37. Cp. 2 Cor 2:1. Before an inf. w. acc. Eph 4:17. Even introducing a foll. subst.: τοῦτο εὐχόμεθα, τὴν ὑμῶν κατάρτισιν 2 Cor 13:9.—On αὐτὸ τοῦτο cp. αὐτός 1g.γ. καὶ τοῦτο and at that, and especially (B-D-F §290, 5; 442, 9; W-S. §21, 4; Rob. 1181f) Ro 13:11; 1 Cor 6:6, 8; Eph 2:8. καὶ ταῦτα (also Pla. et al.; s. Kühner-G. I 647) passing over fr. and at that to although (Jos., Ant. 2, 266) Hb 11:12.δ. indicating a correspondence: τοῦτο μὲν … τοῦτο δέ sometimes … sometimes, not only … but also (Att.) Hb 10:33 (Tat. 23, 2).ε. τοῦτʼ ἔστιν, τουτέστι(ν) (on the orthography s. B-D-F §12, 3; 17) that is or means (B-D-F §132, 2; Rob. 705. S. also εἰμί 2cα) Mt 27:46; Mk 7:2; Ac 1:19; 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 7, 8; Phlm 12. Hb 2:14 al. Cp. Ro 1:12 (w. δέ).ζ. An unfavorable connotation (this tone is noticed by Ps.-Demetr. c. 289 in the Κρατερὸν τοῦτον [in Demetrius of Phalerum]) is assumed (after GBernhardy, Wissenschaftl. Syntax der griech. Sprache 1829, 281, by Heinrici; JWeiss; EFascher, V. Verstehen d. NT 1930, 126 al. ad loc.; differently W-S. §23, 9; cp. Rob. 704) καὶ ταῦτά τινες ἦτε and that is the sort of people you were, at least some of you 1 Cor 6:11.② as adj., pert. to an entity perceived as present or near in the discourse, thisⓐ coming before a subst. (or subst. expr.) with the article (B-D-F §292; W-S. §23, 10; Rob. 700f) ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι Mt 12:32. Cp. 16:18; 20:12; Mk 9:29; Lk 7:44; J 4:15; Ac 1:11; Ro 11:24; 1 Ti 1:18; Hb 7:1; 1J 4:21; Rv 19:9; 20:14 al. W. a touch of contempt Lk 18:11; cp. 14:30; 15:30 (s. also 1aα).ⓑ following the subst. that has the art.: ἐκ τῶν λίθων τούτων Mt 3:9. Cp. 5:19; Mk 12:16; Lk 11:31; 12:56; J 4:13, 21; Ac 6:13; Ro 15:28; 1 Cor 1:20; 2:6; 11:26; 2 Cor 4:1, 7; 8:6; 11:10; Eph 3:8; 5:32; 2 Ti 2:19; Rv 2:24. (Freq. the position of οὗτος varies, somet. before, somet. after the noun, in mss.; s. the apparatus in Tdf. on the following vv.ll.: Mk 14:30; J 4:20; 6:60; 7:36; 9:24; 21:23 al.) Somet. another adj. stands w. the noun ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης Ac 2:40. ἡ χήρα αὕτη ἡ πτωχή Lk 21:3. Cp. πάντα τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα 2:19, 51 v.l.ⓒ The art. is sometimes lacking: μάθημα τοῦτʼ αὐτοῖς ἐστιν εὑρημένον Dg 5:3. In such case there is no real connection betw. the demonstrative and the noun, but the one or the other belongs to the predicate (B-D-F §292; W-S. §23, 12; Rob. 701f) ταύτην ἐποίησεν ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων J 2:11 (s. 4:54 below). τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας 4:18.—So esp. in combination w. numerical statement; the noun without the art. is to be taken as part of the predicate: οὗτος μὴν ἕκτος ἐστίν this is the sixth month Lk 1:36. αὕτη ἀπογραφὴ πρώτη ἐγένετο this was the first census 2:2. τοῦτο πάλιν δεύτερον σημεῖον ἐποίησεν J 4:54 (s. 2:11 above). τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν this is the third day (s. ἄγω 4) Lk 24:21 (Achilles Tat. 7, 11, 2 τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν γέγονεν ἀφανής; Menand., Epitr. 244f S.=68f Kö.; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 13, 3). τοῦτο τρίτον ἐφανερώθη this was the third time that he appeared J 21:14. τρίτον τοῦτο ἔρχομαι this will be the third time that I am coming 2 Cor 13:1; cp. 12:14 (cp. Hdt. 5, 76 τέταρτον δὴ τοῦτο; Gen 27:36 δεύτερον τοῦτο.—Num 14:22; Judg 16:15).—More intricate: οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας not many days from now Ac 1:5 (Alciphron 1, 14, 2; Achilles Tat. 7, 14, 2 ὡς ὀλίγων πρὸ τούτων ἡμερῶν; POxy 1121, 12 [295 A.D.]; B-D-F §226; Rob. 702). Most difficult of all περὶ μιᾶς ταύτης φωνῆς Ac 24:21 (cp. POxy 1152, 5 βοήθι ἡμῖν καὶ τούτῳ οἴκῳ. B-D-F §292; W-S. §20, 10c; Rob. 702 ins).—DELG. M-M. -
8 ἐπιούσιος
ἐπιούσιος, ον according to Origen, De Orat. 27, 7, coined by the evangelists. Grave doubt is cast on the one possible occurrence of ἐ. which is independent of our lit. (Sb 5224, 20), by BMetzger, How Many Times Does ἐ. Occur Outside the Lord’s Prayer?: ET 69, ’57/58, 52–54=Historical and Literary Studies, ’68, 64–66; it seems likely that Origen was right after all. Found in our lit. only w. ἄρτος in the Lord’s Prayer Mt 6:11; Lk 11:3; D 8:2. Variously interpreted: Sin. Syr. (on Lk) and Cur. Syr. אמינא continual (DHadidian, NTS 5, ’58/59, 75–81); Peshitta דסונקנן for our need; Itala ‘panis quotidianus’, ‘daily bread’; Jerome ‘panis supersubstantialis’ (on this JHennig, TS 4, ’43, 445–54); GHb 62, 42 מָחָר = Lat. ‘crastinus’ for tomorrow. Of modern interpretations the following are worth mentioning:① deriving it fr. ἐπὶ and οὐσία necessary for existence (in agreement w. Origen, Chrysostom, and Jerome are e.g. Beza, Tholuck, HEwald, Bleek, Weizsäcker, BWeiss, HCremer; Billerb. I 420; CRogge, PhilolWoch 47, 1927, 1129–35; FHauck, ZNW 33, ’34, 199–202; RWright, CQR 157, ’56, 340–45; HBourgoin, Biblica 60, ’79, 91–96; Betz, SM p. 398f, with provisional support).② a substantivizing of ἐπὶ τὴν οὖσαν sc. ἡμέραν for the current day, for today (cp. Thu. 1, 2, 2 τῆς καθʼ ἡμέραν ἀναγκαίου τροφῆς; Vi. Aesopi W. 110 p. 102 P. τὸν καθημερινὸν ζήτει προσλαμβάνειν ἄρτον καὶ εἰς τὴν αὔριον ἀποθησαύριζε. Cp. Pind., O. 1, 99.—Acc. to Artem. 1, 5 p. 12, 26–28 one loaf of bread is the requirement for one day. S. ἐφήμερος.)—ADebrunner, Glotta 4, 1912, 249–53; 13, 1924, 167–71, SchTZ 31, 1914, 38–41, Kirchenfreund 59, 1925, 446–8, ThBl 8, 1929, 212f, B-D-F §123, 1; 124, PhilolWoch 51, ’31, 1277f (but s. CSheward, ET 52 ’40/41, 119f).—AThumb, Griechische Grammatik 1913, 675; ESchwyzer II 473, 2.③ for the following day fr. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα sc. ἡμέρα (cp. schol. Pind., N. 3, 38 νῦν μὲν ὡς ἥρωα, τῇ δὲ ἐπιούση ὡς θεόν=today viewed as a hero, on the morrow a god; s. ἔπειμι): Grotius, Wettstein; Lghtf., On a Fresh Revision of the English NT3 1891, 217–60; Zahn, JWeiss; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1904, 208; EKlostermann; Mlt-H. p. 313f; PSchmiedel: W-S. §16, 3b note 23, SchTZ 30, 1913, 204–20; 31, 1914, 41–69; 32, 1915, 80; 122–33, PM 1914, 358–64, PhilolWoch 48, 1928, 1530–36, ThBl 8, 1929, 258f; ADeissmann, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 115–19, RSeeberg Festschr. 1929, I 299–306, The NT in the Light of Modern Research, 1929, 84–86; AFridrichsen, SymbOsl 2, 1924, 31–41 (GRudberg ibid. 42; 3, 1925, 76); 9, 1930, 62–68; OHoltzmann; ASteinmann, D. Bergpredigt 1926, 104f; FPölzl-TInnitzer, Mt4 ’32, 129f; SKauchtschischwili, PhilolWoch 50, 1930, 1166–68.—FStiebitz, ibid. 47, 1927, 889–92, w. ref. to Lat. ‘diaria’=the daily ration of food, given out for the next day; someth. like: give us today our daily portion—acc. to FDölger, Ac 5, ’36, 201–10, one loaf of bread (likew. WCrönert, Gnomon 4, 1928, 89 n. 1). S. also s.v. σήμερον.④ deriving it fr. ἐπιέναι ‘be coming’ⓐ on the analogy of τὸ ἐπιόν=‘the future’, bread for the future; so Cyrillus of Alex. and Peter of Laodicea; among the moderns, who attach var. mngs. to it, esp. ASeeberg, D. 4te Bitte des V.-U., Rektoratsrede Rostock 1914, Heinrici Festschr. 1914, 109; s. LBrun, Harnack-Ehrung 1921, 22f.ⓑ in the mng. ‘come to’: give us this day the bread that comes to it, i.e. belongs to it; so KHolzinger, PhilolWoch 51, ’31, 825–30; 857–63; 52, ’32, 383f.ⓒ equal to ἐπιών= next acc. to TShearman, JBL 53,’34, 110–17.ⓓ the bread which comes upon (us) viz. from the Father, so AHultgren, ATR 72, ’90, 41–54.ⓔ The petition is referred to the coming Kingdom and its feast by: REisler, ZNW 24, 1925, 190–92; JSchousboe, RHR 48, 1927, 233–37; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik des Ap. Pls 1930, 233–35; JJeremias, Jesus als Weltvollender 1930, 52; ELittmann, ZNW 34, ’35, 29; cp. EDelebecque, Études grecques sur l’évangile de Luc ’76, 167–81.—S. also GLoeschcke, D. Vaterunser-Erklärung des Theophilus v. Antioch. 1908; GWalther, Untersuchungen z. Gesch. d. griech. Vaterunser-Exegese 1914; DVölter, PM 18, 1914, 274ff; 19, 1915, 20ff, NThT 4, 1915, 123ff; ABolliger, SchTZ 30, 1913, 276–85; GKuhn, ibid. 31, 1914, 33ff; 36, 1919, 191ff; EvDobschütz, HTR 7, 1914, 293–321; RWimmerer, Glotta 12, 1922, 68–82; EOwen, JTS 35, ’34, 376–80; JHensler, D. Vaterunser 1914; JSickenberger, Uns. ausreichendes Brot gib uns heute 1923; PFiebig, D. Vaterunser 1927, 81–83; GDalman, Worte2 1930, 321–34; HHuber, D. Bergpredigt ’32; GBonaccorsi, Primi saggi di filologia neotest. I ’33, 61–63; 533–39; JHerrmann, D. atl. Urgrund des Vaterunsers: OProcksch Festchr. ’34, 71–98; MBlack, JTS 42, ’41, 186–89, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 203–7, 299f, n. 3; SMowinckel, Artos epiousios: NorTT 40, ’42, 247–55; ELohmeyer, D. Vaterunser erkl. ’46.—Lit.: JCarmignac, Recherches sur le ‘Notre Père’, ’69; CHemer, JSNT 22, ’84, 81–94; Betz, SM 396–400.—M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
9 ἔχω
ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.① to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)ⓐ to possess someth. that is under one’s controlα. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.ⓑ to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its partsα. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.ⓒ to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.ⓓ to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.ⓔ to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.② to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have asⓐ of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).ⓑ more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.③ to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), gripⓐ of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.ⓑ of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.ⓒ of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.ⓓ of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.④ to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).⑤ be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.⑥ to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.⑦ to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)ⓐ of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.ⓑ of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.⑧ as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.⑨ special combinationsⓐ w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.ⓑ τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).⑩ to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).ⓐ impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).ⓑ pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.⑪ to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.ⓐ of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.ⓑ of proximityα. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv. -
10 καλαῦροψ
καλαῦροψ, - οποςGrammatical information: f.Meaning: name of a herder's staff, which was thrown to drive back the cattle to the herd (Ψ 845, Antim., A.R.);Other forms: κολλόροβον (Hipparch. Ptol.; BGU 59.13 written κολλώροβον), = κορύνη H. (which has κολλορόβον); (Fur. 145f.)Derivatives: καλαυρόπιον (Artem.).Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]Etymology: Unclear καλαυρόφις βακτηριοφόρος H. (in wrong place); Fur. 146 n. 18 suggests that it is a mistake for *καλαυροπο-φορίς. - Aeolic compound καλα-Ϝροψ (Schwyzer 224, Chantraine Gramm. hom. 1, 158), of which the second member reminds ῥόπαλον (s. v.), but which is further unexplained. The comparison with Skt. śalá- ` stick' (s. Bq; cf. on κῆλον) or with κλάω, κλάσαι must be forgotten. - A typical Pre-Greek word, which contains a labialized r, i.e. rʷ: * kalarʷap-; the labial element was anticipated in καλαυροπ-, the element coloured the following a into o; in κολλορ- the preceding a was also coloured to o; the first a was assimilated to the following o, ω; the ω was contracted from αυ; compare for the phenomena on ἄλοξ. (The final syllable will have had -ap- as this was the normal form in Pre-Greek and as the language did not have a phoneme o.) Thus the forms show several phenomena typical of Pre-Greek loans.Page in Frisk: 1,762Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > καλαῦροψ
-
11 ὑποτάσσω
Aὑποτᾰγήσομαι Cyran.15
: [tense] aor. 2 ὑπετάγην [ᾰ] Phryn.Com. (v. infr.), etc.:— place or arrange under, assign,τινί τι Plb.3.36.7
, Plu.Nic.23, etc.;ὑ. ὑπὸ τὸ τῆς προδοσίας ὄνομα Plb.18.15.4
:—[voice] Pass., τὸ ὑποτεταγμένον (sc. ὀστέον ) the inferior bone, i. e. the ulna, Hp.Off.16.II post in the shelter of,ὑποτάσσεσθαι τινι Luc.Par.49
; draw up behind, Ael.Tact.15.1 ([voice] Pass.), Arr. Tact.26.7.2 subject,ἑαυτοὺς οὐδενί Phld.Rh.2.204
S., cf. Plu.Pomp.64; subdue, make subject, (Egypt, i B. C.), cf. 199.10, al. (Adule, i A. D.);ἔθνη Hdn.7.2.9
;αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Ep.Phil.3.21
;πάντα ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ Ep.Eph.1.22
:—[voice] Pass., to be obedient, τινι Ep.Col. 3.18, al.;ὑποτάγητε τῷ θεῷ Ep.Jac.4.7
, cf. Arr.Epict.3.24.65;ἄγρια θηρία ὑποταγήσεται αὐτῷ Cyran.15
; they will submit,Hdn.
2.2.8;τὸ πλῆθος -όμενον Onos. 1.17
, cf. Palaeph.38: abs., dejectedly, timidly,Phryn.Com.
59 (s. v. l.); subjects,Plb.
3.13.8, etc.; subordinates,Phld.
Oec. p.72 J.;ἐδούλευσας, ὑπετάγης Arr.Epict.4.4.33
; ὑποτεταγμέναι ἀρεταί subordinate virtues, i. e. the sub-divisions of the four cardinal ([etym.] πρῶται) virtues, Stoic.3.64.3 [voice] Pass., c. dat., underlie, to be implied in or associated with,τὰ -τεταγμένα τοῖς φθόγγοις Epicur.Ep. 1p.4U.
, cf. Nat.28p.13V.; τὰ -τεταγμένα, ἡ -τεταγμένη διάνοια, of the content or meaning which underlies a writer's words, Phld.Po.5.26,27.III put after, Plu.2.737f; subjoin, append,ὑποτετάχαμέν σοι.. τὸ ἀντίγραφον SIG664.11
(Delos, ii B. C.), cf. POxy. 34v iv 7 (ii A. D.):—[voice] Pass., τὰ -τεταγμένα what follows, OGI629.6 (Palmyra, ii A. D.); οἱ -τεταγμένοι [ ἀριθμοί] the numbers that follow, Plu.2.1020a, etc.; οἱ ὑποτεταγμένοι the following persons, SIG880.11 (Pizus, iii A. D.); κῶμαι αἱ ὑποτεταγμέναι the following villages, Ptol. Geog.6.7.27.2 take as a minor premiss, Arr.Epict.4.1.61.IV govern the subjunctive, EM471.16.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑποτάσσω
-
12 ἀ
ἀ-, as insep. Prefix in compos.:I α στερητικόν (Sch.Od. 3.279, etc., cf. Eust.985.16), expressing want or absence (cf. Arist. Metaph. 1022b32), as σοφός wise, ἄσοφος unwise: for n?ἀX, the weak form of the negative ne, commonly used in the formation of adjs. and advbs., very rarely in that of vbs. and substs., cf. ἀδώτης, ἀτιμάω, ἀτίω. Before a vowel it usu. appears as ἀν- (exc. where ϝ or spiritus asper has been lost, as ἄ-οινος, ἄ-υπνος, when it sts. coalesces with the following vowel, as ἀργός = ἀ-ϝεργός): the forms ἀνάεδνος, ἀνάελπτος are probably misspelt for ἀν-έϝεδνος, -έϝελπτος. Adjs. formed with it freq. take gen., esp. in Trag., cf. ἀλαμπὲς ἡλίου, = ἄνευ λάμψεως ἡλίου, S.Tr. 691. [ᾰ, exc. in adjs. which begin with three short syllables, which have [pron. full] ᾱ in [dialect] Ep., and freq. also in Lyr., Trag., and Com.; ἀθάνατος invariably has ᾱθ.]II α ἀθροιστικόν (Eust. 641.61; ), properly ἁ- since it represents sm- (cf. ἅμα, εἷς = sems), and so in ἁπλόος, ἁθρόος: but freq. ἀ- by dissimilation from following aspirate, as ἄ-λοχος, and hence by analogy in ἄ-κοιτις, etc., q.v.: sts. in the form ὀ-, as in ὄπατρος, ὀγάστριος, ὄζυξ. [ᾰ.]III α ἐπιτατικόν (Eust. 641.61), strengthening the force of compds., as ἀ-τενής; prob. identical in etymology with 11, from which it is distinguished by Gramm., who sts. confuse it with 1; v. ἀδάκρυτος. [ᾰ.]------------------------------------ἀ- as a prothetic vowel, usually before a double consonant, as ἀ-βληχρός, ἀ-σπαίρω; sts. before a single consonant, as ἀ-μέλγω; before a vowel where ϝ is lost, as ἀ-ϝείδω. [ᾰ.] -
13 ἄρα
ἄρα, ἄρ (before consonants), ῥα, ῤ (enclitic), always post-positive: particle denoting inference or a natural sequence of ideas, then, so then, so, naturally, as it appears, but for the most part untranslatable by word or phrase; freq. in neg. sentences, οὐδ' ἄρα, οὔτ ἄρα, and joined to rel. and causal words, ὅς τ' ἄρα, ὅς ῥά τε, οὕνεκ ἄρα, ὅτι ῥα, also following εἶτα, γάρ, ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, etc.; further, in questions, and in the apodosis of sentences after μέν and other particles. The following examples will illustrate some of the chief usages: οὐδ' ἄρα πως ἦν | ἐν πάντεσσ' ἔργοισι δαήμονα φῶτα γενέσθαι, ‘as it seems,’ Il. 23.670 ; ἐκ δ' ἔθορε κλῆρος κυνέης, ὅν ἀῤ ἤθελον αὐτοί, ‘just the one’ they wished, Il. 7.182 ; κήδετο γὰρ Δαναῶν, ὅτι ῥα θνήσκοντας ὁρᾶτο, ‘even because’ she saw, Il. 1.56 ; τίς τ' ἄρ σφωε θεῶν ἔριδι ξυνέηκε μάχεσθαι, ‘who then’? Il. 1.8 ; αὐτὰρ ἄρα Ζεὺς δῶκε διακτόρῳ Ἀργεϊφόντῃ, ‘and then next,’ Il. 2.103 ; αὐτὰρ ἐπεὶ πόσιος καὶ ἐδητύος ἐξ ἔρον ἕντο, | τοῖς ἄρα μύθων ἦρχε Γερήνιος ἱππότα Νέστωρ, ‘then,’ not temporal, Il. 2.433 ; ὢς ἄρα φωνήσᾶς κατ' ἄῤ ἕζετο (twice in one sentence, ἄρα in the phrase κατ' ἄῤ ἕζετο marks the sitting down as the regular sequel of making a speech), Od. 16.213.A Homeric dictionary (Greek-English) (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ομηρικό λεξικό) > ἄρα
-
14 γε
+ 4-72-2-76-13=167 Gn 18,13; 26,9; 37,10; Ex 35,34; Jos 9,4enclitic part. that emphasizes the preceding or following word, and often cannot be translated; at least, at any rate (limitation) Jb 30,24; ἐγώ γε see ἔγωγεafter other part.: ἄρα γε surely, then Gn 26,9; καί γε also (intensification) Jgs 1,22; even, surely JgsB 6,39; moreover 2 Sm 14,6; indeed (explanation) 2 Kgs 8,1; specifically (specification; sometimes left untranslated) Ezr 1,1; καί γε... καί γε... and... and... (enumeration) Eccl 9,11after conj.: εἴ γε really Jb 16,4; εἰ δὲ μή γε (to heighten a contrast after condition cl.) DnLXX 3,15; ὅπου γε(to heighten the contrast after a rel. cl.) 4 Mc 6,34modifying the sentence of the following part.: γέ τοι 4 Mc 2,17→NIDNTT -
15 ἔπειμι (ἐπιέναι)
V 1-1-0-3-0=5 Dt 32,29; 1 Chr 20,1; Prv 3,28; 27,1; Od 2,29fut. of ἐπέρχομαι; to come upon; ἐπιών following, succeeding, next Dt 32,29; ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) the next, the following (day) Prv 3,28 -
16 εἰ
εἰ, [dialect] Att.-[dialect] Ion. and Arc. (for εἰκ, v. infr. 11 ad init.), = [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol. αἰ, αἰκ (q. v.), Cypr.Aἤ Inscr.Cypr.135.10
H., both εἰ and αἰ in [dialect] Ep.:— Particle used interjectionally with imper. and to express a wish, but usu. either in conditions, if, or in indirect questions, whether. In the former use its regular negative is μή; in the latter, οὐ.A INTERJECTIONALLY, in Hom., come now! c. imper.,εἰ δὲ.. ἄκουσον Il.9.262
; εἰ δὲ καὶ αὐτοὶ φευγόντων ib.46; most freq. with ἄγε (q. v.), 1.302, al.2 in wishes, c. opt.,ἀλλ' εἴ τις.. καλέσειεν 10.111
, cf. 24.74; so later,εἴ μοι ξυνείη μοῖρα S.OT 863
(lyr.); : more freq. folld. byγάρ, αἲ γὰρ δὴ οὕτως εἴη Il.4.189
, al.;εἰ γὰρ γενοίμην ἀντὶ σοῦ νεκρός E.Hipp. 1410
;εἰ γὰρ γένοιτο X.Cyr.6.1.38
;εἰ γὰρ ἐν τούτῳ εἴη Pl.Prt. 310d
; of unattained wishes, in Hom. only c. opt.,εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼν.. Διὸς πάϊς αἰγιόχοιο εἴην Il.13.825
;Ζεῦ πάτερ, αἰ γὰρ ἐμὸς πόσις εἴη Alcm.29
; later with past tenses of ind.,εἰ γάρ μ' ὑπὸ γῆν.. ἧκεν A.Pr. 152
(anap.); εἰ γὰρ τοσαύτην δύναμιν εἶχον ὥστε .. E.Alc. 1072: twice in Od. c. inf. (cf. the use of inf. in commands),αἰ γὰρ τοῖος ἐὼν.. ἐμὸς γαμβρὸς καλέεσθαι 7.311
, cf. 24.376.b εἴθε, [dialect] Ep. αἴθε, is freq. used in wishes in the above constructions, ;εἴθ' ὣς ἡβώοιμι Il.7.157
;ἰὼ γᾶ, εἴθ' ἔμ' ἐδέξω A.Ag. 1537
(lyr.);εἴθε σοι, ὦ Περίκλεις, τότε συνεγενόμην X.Mem.1.2.46
: later c. inf.,γαίης χθαμαλωτέρη εἴθε.. κεῖσθαι AP9.284
(Crin.).c εἰ γάρ, εἴθε are also used with ὤφελον ([dialect] Ep. ὤφελλον), of past unattained wishes,αἴθ' ὤφελλες στρατοῦ ἄλλου σημαίνειν Il.14.84
; εἰ γὰρ ὤφελον [κατιδεῖν] Pl.R. 432c.d folld. by a clause expressing a consequence of the fulfilment of the wish, αἰ γὰρ τοῦτο.. ἔπος τετελεσμένον εἴη· τῷ κε τάχα γνοίης .. Od. 15.536, cf. 17.496, al.; sts. hard to distinguish from εἰ in conditions (which may be derived from this use),εἴ μοί τι πίθοιο, τό κεν πολὺ κέρδιον εἴη Il.7.28
.B IN CONDITIONS, if:I with INDIC.,1 with all tenses (for [tense] fut., v. infr. 2), to state a condition, with nothing implied as to its fulfilment, εἰ δ' οὕτω τοῦτ' ἐστίν, ἐμοὶ μέλλει φίλον εἶναι but if this is so, it will be.., Il.1.564: any form of the Verb may stand in apodosi,εἰ θεοί τι δρῶσιν αἰσχρόν, οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί E.Fr.292.7
;εἰ δοκεῖ, πλέωμεν S.Ph. 526
;εἰ Φαῖδρον ἀγνοῶ, καὶ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐπιλέλησμαι Pl.Phdr. 228a
;κάκιστ' ἀπολοίμην, Ξανθίαν εἰ μὴ φιλῶ Ar.Ra. 579
, cf. Od.17.475;εἰ θεοῦ ἦν, οὐκ ἦν αἰσχροκερδής· εἰ δ' αἰσχροκερδής, οὐκ ἦν θεοῦ Pl.R. 408c
;εἰ ταῦτα λέγων διαφθείρω τοὺς νέους, ταῦτ' ἂν εἴη βλαβερά Id.Ap. 30b
, cf. 25b; εἰ οὗτοι ὀρθῶς ἀπέστησαν, ὑμεῖς ἂν οὐ χρεὼν ἄρχοιτε if these were right in their revolt, (it would follow that) you rule when you have no right, Th.3.40.b to express a general condition, if ever, whenever, sts. with [tense] pres.,εἴ τις δύο ἢ καὶ πλείους τις ἡμέρας λογίζεται, μάταιός ἐστιν S.Tr. 943
: with [tense] impf.,εἴ τίς τι ἠρώτα ἀπεκρίνοντο Th.7.10
: rarely with [tense] aor., D.S.31.26.1, S.E.P.1.84; cf. 111.2.2 with [tense] fut. (much less freq. than ἐάν c. subj.), either to express a future supposition emphatically,εἰ φθάσομεν τοὺς πολεμίους κατακαίνοντες οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν ἀποθανεῖται X.Cyr.7.1.19
; ; εἰ αὕτη ἡ πόλις ληφθήσεται, ἔχεται ἡ πᾶσα Σικελία ibid.; in threats or warnings, ;εἰ τιμωρήσεις Πατρόκλῳ, αὐτὸς ἀποθανῇ Pl.Ap. 28c
, cf. D.28.21: or,b to express a present intention or expectation, αἶρε πλῆκτρον εἰ μαχεῖ if you mean to fight, Ar.Av. 759;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ ἀνήρ.. εἰ ταῦτ' ἀνατεὶ τῇδε κείσεται κράτη S.Ant. 485
, cf. Il.1.61, E.Hec. 863.3 with historical tenses, implying that the condition is or was unfulfilled.a with [tense] impf., referring to present time or to continued or repeated action in past time (in Hom. always the latter, Il.24.715, al.): ταῦτα οὐκ ἂν ἐδύναντο ποιεῖν, εἰ μὴ διαίτῃ μετρίᾳ ἐχρῶντο they would not be able to do this (as they do), if they did not live an abstemious life, X.Cyr.1.2.16, cf. Pl.R. 489b; οὐκ ἂν νήσων ἐκράτει, εἰ μή τι καὶ ναυτικὸν εἶχεν he ([place name] Agamemnon) would not have been master of islands, if he had not had also some naval force, Th.1.9;αἰ δ' ἦχες ἔσλων ἴμερον ἢ κάλων.. αἴδως κεν.. ἦχεν Sapph.28
; εἰ ἦσαν ἄνδρες ἀγαθοὶ.. οὐκ ἄν ποτε ταῦτα ἔπασχον if they had been good men, they would never have suffered as they did, Pl.Grg. 516e, cf. X.Mem.1.1.5; εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ τάδε ᾔδἐ.. οὐκ ἂν ὑπεξέφυγε if I had known this.., Il.8.366.b with [tense] aor. referring to past time,εἰ μὴ ἔφυσε θεὸς μέλι.. ἔφασκον γλύσσονα σῦκα πέλεσθαι Xenoph.38
; εἰ μὴ ὑμεῖς ἤλθετε, ἐπορευόμεθα ἂν ἐπὶ βασιλέα had you not come, we should be on our way.., X.An.2.1.4;καὶ ἴσως ἂν ἀπέθανον, εἰ μὴ ἡ ἀρχὴ διὰ ταχέων κατελύθη Pl.Ap. 32d
, cf. Il.5.680, Od.4.364, D.4.5, 27.63: with [tense] plpf. in apodosi,εἰ τριάκοντα μόναι μετέπεσον τῶν ψήφων, ἀπεπεφεύγη ἄν Pl. Ap. 36a
.c rarely with [tense] plpf. referring to action finished in past or present time, λοιπὸν δ' ἂν ἦν ἡμῖν ἔτι περὶ τῆς πόλεως διαλεχθῆναι, εἰ μὴ προτέρα τῶν ἄλλων τὴν εἰρήνην ἐπεποίητο if she had not (as she has done) made peace before the rest, Isoc.5.56, cf. Pl.Ti. 21c.II with SUBJ., εἰ is regularly joined with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε, κεν), cf. ἐάν: Arc. εἰκαν in Tegean Inscrr. of iv B. C. (IG5(2).3.16, 31, 6.2, SIG306.34) should be understood as εἰκ ἄν (εἰ: εἰκ = οὐ: οὐκ), since εἰ δ' ἄν is also found in IG5(2).3.2, 6.45, and εἰκ alone, ib.3.21; but ἄν ([etym.] κε, κεν) are freq. absent in Hom. as Od.5.221, 14.373 (and cf. infr. 2), and Lyr., Pi. (who never uses εἰ with ἄν or κε ([etym.] ν)) P.4.266, al.; in dialects,αἰ δείλητ' ἀγχωρεῖν IG9(1).334.6
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.), cf. Foed.[dialect] Dor. ap. Th.5.79; rarely in Hdt.,εἰ μὴ ἀναβῇ 2.13
; occasionally in Trag., A.Eu. 234, S.OT 198 (lyr.), etc.; very rarely in [dialect] Att. Prose,εἰ ξυστῶσιν αἱ πόλεις Th.6.21
; : in later Prose,εἴ τις θελήσῃ Apoc.11.5
;εἰ φονεύῃ Plot.2.9.9
, cf. Procl. Inst.26.1 when the apodosis is [tense] fut., to express a future condition more distinctly and vividly than εἰ c. opt., but less so than εἰ c. [tense] fut. ind. (supr. 1.2a); εἰ δέ κεν ὣς ἕρξῃς καί τοι πείθωνται Ἀχαιοί, γνώσῃ ἔπειθ' .. if thou do thus.., thou shalt know, Il.2.364, cf. 1.128, 3.281, Od.17.549;ἂν δέ τις ἀνθιστῆται, σὺν ὑμῖν πειρασόμεθα χειροῦσθαι X. An.7.3.11
; ἂν μὴ νῦν ἐθέλωμεν ἐκεῖ πολεμεῖν αὐτῷ, ἐνθάδ' ἴσως ἀναγκασθησόμεθα τοῦτο ποιεῖν if we be not now willing, D.4.50, cf. X.Cyr. 5.3.27: folld. by imper., ἢν εἰρήνης δοκῆτε δεῖσθαι, ἄνευ ὅπλων ἥκετε ib.3.2.13, cf. 5.4.30.2 when the apodosis is present, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition, if ever, ἤν ποτε δασμὸς ἵκηται, σοὶ τὸ γέρας πολὺ μεῖζον (sc. ἐστί) whenever a division comes, your prize is (always) greater, Il.1.166; ἢν ἐγγὺς ἔλθῃ θάνατος, οὐδεὶς βούλεται θνῄσκειν if death come near, E.Alc. 671; with ἄν omitted,εἴ περ γάρ τε χόλον.. καταπέψῃ ἀλλά.. ἔχει κότον Il.1.81
.b with Rhet. present in apodosis, ἐὰν μὴ οἱ φιλόσοφοι βασιλεύσωσιν, οὐκ ἔστι κακῶν παῦλα there is (i.e. can be, will be) no rest.., Pl.R. 473d.III with OPTATIVE (never with ἄν in early Gr., later ἐάν c. opt., Dam.Pr. 114, al.),1 to express a future condition less definitely than ἐάν c. subj., usu. with opt. with ἄν in apod., ἦ κεν γηθήσαι Πρίαμος Πριάμοιό τε παῖδες.. εἰ σφῶιν τάδε πάντα πυθοίατο μαρναμένοιιν surely they would exult, if they should hear.., Il.1.255, cf. 7.28, Od.3.223;εἴης φορητὸς οὐκ ἄν, εἰ πράσσοις καλῶς A.Pr. 979
;οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄν με ἐπαινοίη, εἰ ἐξελαύνοιμι τοὺς εὐεργέτας X.An.7.7.11
;οἶκος δ' αὐτός, εἰ φθογγὴν λάβοι, σαφέστατ' ἂν λέξειεν A.Ag.37
, etc.: [tense] fut. opt. is f.l. in Pl.Tht. 164a: with [tense] pres. ind. in apod., Xenoph.34.3, Democr.253: with [tense] fut.ind., Meliss.5.b in Hom.sts. with [tense] pres. opt., to express an unfulfilled present condition, εἰ μὲν νῦν ἐπὶ ἄλλῳ ἀεθλεύοιμεν, ἦ τ' ἂν ἐγὼ τὰ πρῶτα φεροίμην if we were now contending, etc., Il.23.274: rarely in Trag., εἰ μὴ κνίζοι ( = εἰ μὴ ἔκνιζε) E.Med. 568; alsoεἰ ἀναγκαῖον εἴη ἀδικεῖν ἢ ἀδικεῖσθαι, ἑλοίμην ἂν μᾶλλον ἀδικεῖσθαι Pl.Grg. 469c
.2 when the apodosis is past, denoting customary or repeated action, to express a general condition in past time (corresponding to use of subj. in present time, supr. 11.2); once in Hom.,εἴ τίς με.. ἐνίπτοι, ἀλλὰ σὺ τόν γ'.. κατέρυκες Il.24.768
; εἰ δέ τινας θορυβουμένους αἴσθοιτο.., κατασβεννύναι τὴν ταραχὴν ἐπειρᾶτο if he should see ( whenever he saw) any troops in confusion, he (always) tried, X.Cyr.5.3.55, cf. An.4.5.13, Mem.4.2.40; εἴ τις ἀντείποι, εὐθὺς ἐτεθνήκει if any one made objection, he was a dead man at once, Th. 8.66;ἀλλ' εἴ τι μὴ φέροιμεν, ὤτρυνεν φέρειν E.Alc. 755
. For εἰ c. ind. in this sense v. supr. 1.1: ind. and opt. are found in same sentence,ἐμίσει, οὐκ εἴ τις κακῶς πάσχων ἠμύνετο, ἀλλ' εἴ τις εὐεργετούμενος ἀχάριστος φαίνοιτο X.Ages.11.3
.3 in oratio obliqua after past tenses, representing ἐάν c. subj. or εἰ with a primary (never an historical) tense of the ind. in oratio recta, ἐλογίζοντο ὡς, εἰ μὴ μάχοιντο, ἀποστήσοιντο αἱ πόλεις (representing ἐὰν μὴ μαχώμεθα, ἀποστήσονται) X.HG6.4.6, cf. D.21.104, X.HG5.2.2; ἔλεγεν ὅτι, εἰ βλαβερὰ πεπραχὼς εἴη, δίκαιος εἴη ζημιοῦσθαι (representing εἰ βλαβερὰ πέπραχε, δίκαιός ἐστι) ib.32, cf. An.6.6.25; εἰ δέ τινα φεύγοντα λήψοιτο, προηγόρευεν ὅτι ὡς πολεμίψ χρήσοιτο (representing εἴ τινα λήψομαι, χρήσομαι) Id.Cyr.3.1.3; also, where oratio obliqua is implied in the leading clause, οὐκ ἦν τοῦ πολέμου πέρας Φιλίππῳ, εἰ μὴ Θηβαίους.. ἐχθροὺς ποιήσειε τῇ πόλει, i.e. Philip thought there would be no end to the war, unless he should make.. (his thought having been ἐὰν μὴ ποιήσω), D.18.145;ἐβούλοντο γὰρ σφίσιν, εἴ τινα λάβοιεν, ὑπάρχειν ἀντὶ τῶν ἔνδον, ἢν ἄρα τύχωσί τινες ἐζωγρημένοι Th.2.5
.4 c. opt. with ἄν, only when the clause serves as apodosis as well as protasis, cf. Pl.Prt. 329b, D.4.18, X.Mem.1.5.3 (v.ἄν A. 111
. d).IV c. INF., in oratio obliqua, only in Hdt.,εἰ γὰρ δὴ δεῖν πάντως περιθεῖναι ἄλλῳ τέῳ τὴν βασιληΐην, [ἔφη] δικαιότερον εἶναι κτλ. 1.129
; , cf. 172, 3.105, 108.V after Verbs denoting wonder, delight, indignation, disappointment, contentment, and similar emotions, εἰ c. ind. is used instead of ὅτι, to express the object of the feeling in a hypothetical form, θαυμάζω εἰ μηδεὶς ὑμῶν μήτ' ἐνθυμεῖται μήτ' ὀργίζεται, ὁρῶν .. I wonder that no one of you is either concerned or angry when he sees.., D.4.43;οὐκ ἀγαπᾷ εἰ μὴ δίκην δέδωκεν, ἀλλ' εἰ μὴ καὶ χρυσῷ στεφάνῳ στεφανωθήσεται ἀγανακτεῖ Aeschin.3.147
: after past tenses,ἐθαύμασε δ' εἰ μὴ φανερόν ἐστιν X.Mem.1.1.13
;δεινὸν εἰσῄει, εἰ μὴ.. δόξει D.19.33
; ;οὐδὲ ᾐσχύνθη εἰ.. ἐπάγει D.21.105
: in oratio obliqua (expressed or implied) c. opt., ἐπεῖπεν ὡς δεινὸν (sc. εἴη)εἰ.. μεγαλόψυχος γένοιτο Aeschin.2.157
;ᾤκτιρον εἰ ἁλώσοιντο X.An.1.4.7
; ἐθαύμαζε δ' εἴ τις ἀρετὴν ἐπαγγελλόμενος ἀργύριον πράττοιτο he wondered that any one should demand money, Id.Mem.1.2.7; ἔχαιρον ἀγαπῶν εἴ τις ἐάσοι I rejoiced, being content if any one should let it pass, Pl.R. 450a:—in this use the neg. οὐ is also found, ; ;τέρας λέγεις, εἰ οὐκ ἂν δύναιντο λαθεῖν Pl.Men. 91d
, etc.VI in citing a fact as a ground of argument or appeal, as surely as, since, εἴ ποτ' ἔην γε if there was [as there was], i.e. as sure as there was such an one, Il.3.180, al.;εἰ τότε κοῦρος ἔα, νῦν αὖτέ με γῆρας ὀπάζει 4.321
; πολλοὺς γὰρ οἶκε εἶναι εὐπετέστερον διαβάλλειν ἢ ἕνα, εἰ Κλεομένεα μὲν μοῦνον οὐκ οἷός τε ἐγένετο διαβαλεῖν, τρεῖς δὲ μυριάδας Ἀθηναίων ἐποίησε τοῦτο it seems easier to deceive many than one, if (as was the fact, i.e. since) he was not able.., Hdt.5.97, cf. 1.60,al.VII ELLIPTICAL CONSTRUCTIONS:1 with apodosis implied in the context, εἰ having the force of in case, supposing that, πρὸς τὴν πόλιν, εἰ ἐπιβοηθοῖεν, ἐχώρουν they marched towards the city [so as to meet the citizens], in case they should rush out, Th.6.100; ἱκέται πρὸς σὲ δεῦρ' ἀφίγμεθα, εἴ τινα πόλιν φράσειας ἡμῖν εὔερον we have come hither to you, in case you should tell us of some fleecy city (i.e. that we might hear of it), Ar.Av. 120; παρέζεο καὶ λαβὲ γούνων, αἴ κέν πως ἐθέλῃσιν ἐπὶ Τρώεσσιν ἀρῆξαι sit by him and grasp his knees [so as to persuade him], in case he be willing to help the Trojans, Il.1.408, cf. 66, Od.1.94, 3.92; ἄκουσον καὶ ἐμοῦ, ἐάν σοι ἔτι ταὐτὰ δοκῇ hear me also [that you may assent], in case the same opinion please you, Pl.R. 358b; ἰδὲ δή, ἐάν σοι ὅπερ ἐμοὶ συνδοκῇ look now, in case you approve what I do, ib. 434a.2 with apodosis suppressed for rhetorical reasons, εἴ περ γάρ κ' ἐθέλῃσιν Ὀλύμπιος.. στυφελίξαι if he wish to thrust him away, [he will do so], Il.1.580; εἰ μὲν δώσουσι γέρας—· εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they shall give me a prize, [well and good]; but if they give not, then I will take one for myself, 1.135, cf. 6.150, Ar.Pl. 468; καὶ ἢν μὲν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα—· εἰ δὲ μή .. and if the attempt succeed, [well]; otherwise.., Th.3.3, cf. Pl.Prt. 325d.3 with the Verb of the protasis omitted, chiefly in the following expressions:a εἰ μή except,οὐδὲν ἄλλο σιτέονται, εἰ μὴ ἰχθῦς μοῦνον Hdt. 1.200
; μὰ τὼ θεώ, εἰ μὴ Κρίτυλλά γ' [εἰμί]—nay, if I'm not Critylla! i.e. I am, Ar.Th. 898; εἰ μὴ ὅσον except only,ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον, εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. 1.45, 2.20;εἰ μὴ εἰ Th.1.17
, Pl.Grg. 480b, etc.; εἰ μή τι οὖν, ἀλλὰ σμικρόν γέ μοι τῆς ἀρχῆς χάλασον if nothing else, yet.., Id.Men. 86e; ironical,εἰ μὴ ἄρα ἡ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπιμέλεια διαφθορά ἐστιν X.Mem.1.2.8
;εἰ μή πέρ γε τὸν ὑοσκύαμον χρήματα εἶναι φήσομεν Id.Oec.1.13
.b εἰ δὲ μή but if not, i.e. otherwise,προηγόρευε τοῖς Λαμψακηνοῖσι μετιέναι Μιλτιάδεα, εἰ δὲ μή, σφέας πίτυος τρόπον ἀπείλεε ἐκτρίψειν Hdt.6.37
, cf. 56; after μάλιστα μέν, Th.1.32,35, etc.:—after a preceding neg., μὴ τύπτ'· εἰ δὲ μή, σαυτόν ποτ' αἰτιάσει don't beat me; otherwise, you will have yourself to blame, Ar.Nu. 1433;ὦ Κῦρε, μὴ οὕτω λέγε· εἰ δὲ μή, οὐ θαρροῦντά με ἕξεις X.Cyr.3.1.35
;οὔτ' ἐν τῷ ὕδατι τὰ ὅπλα ἦν ἔχειν· εἰ δὲ μή Id.An.4.3.6
, cf. Th.1.28, 131, Pl.Phd. 91c.c εἰ δέ sts. stands forεἰ δὲ μή, εἰ μὲν βούλεται, ἑψέτω· εἰ δ', ὅτι βούλεται, τοῦτο ποιείτω Pl.Euthd. 285c
, cf. Smp. 212c; ;εἰ δ' οὕτως Arist.EN 1094a24
; εἰ δὲ τοῦτο and if so, Str.2.1.29.e εἴ τις if any, i. e. as much as or more than any,τῶν γε νῦν αἴ τις ἐπιχθονίων, ὀρθῶς B.5.5
;ὄτλον ἄλγιστον ἔσχον, εἴ τις Αἰτωλὶς γυνή S.Tr.8
, cf. OC 734; εἴ τις ἄλλος, siquis alius, E.Andr.6, etc.;εἴ τινες καὶ ἄλλοι Hdt.3.2
, etc.;εἴπερ τις ἄλλος Pl.R. 501d
; also κατ' εἰ δέ τινα τρόπον in any way, IG 5(2).6.27 ([place name] Tegea).f εἴ ποτε or εἴπερ ποτέ now if ever,ἡμῖν δὲ καλῶς, εἴπερ ποτέ, ἔχει.. ἡ ξυναλλαγή Th.4.20
, cf. Ar.Eq. 594;αἴ ποτα κἄλλοτα Alc.Supp.7.11
, cf. X.An.6.4.12, etc.; but in prayers,εἴ ποτέ τοι ἐπὶ νηὸν ἔρεψα.. τόδε μοι κρήηνον ἐέλδωρ Il.1.39
.g εἴ ποθεν (sc. δυνατόν ἐστι) if from any quarter, i.e. from some quarter or other, S.Ph. 1204 (lyr.); so εἴ ποθι somewhere, anywhere, Id.Aj. 885 (lyr.);εἴ που Od.4.193
.h εἴ πως ib. 388, X.An.2.3.11: in an elliptical sentence (cf. VII. 1),πρέσβεις πέμψαντες, εἴ πως πείσειαν Th.1.58
.VIII with other PARTICLES:1 for the distinction between καὶ εἰ (or καὶ ἐάν, or κἄν ) even if, and εἰ καί (or ἐὰν καί ) even though, v. καί:—the opposite of καὶ εἰ is οὐδ' εἰ, not even if; that of εἰ καί is εἰ μηδέ, if (although) not even.IX in neg. oaths, = Hebr. im, LXXPs.94(95).11, Ev.Marc.8.12, al.C IN INDIRECT QUESTIONS, whether, folld. by the ind., subj., or opt., according to the principles of oratio obliqua:1 with IND. after primary tenses, representing the same tense in the direct question, σάφα δ' οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ θεός ἐστιν whether he is a god, Il.5.183;εἰ ξυμπονήσεις.. σκόπει S.Ant.41
.2 with SUBJ. after primary tenses, representing a dubitative subj. in the direct question, τὰ ἐκπώματα οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ Χρυσάντᾳ τουτῳῒ δῶ whether I should give them, X.Cyr.8.4.16: sts. elliptical,ἐς τὰ χρηστήρια ἔπεμπε, εἰ στρατεύηται ἐπὶ τοὺς Πέρσας Hdt.1.75
.3 OPT. after past tenses, representing either of the two previous constructions in the direct question, ἤρετο εἴ τις ἐμοῦ εἴη σοφώτερος he asked whether any one was wiser than I (direct ἔστι τις σοφώτερος;), Pl.Ap. 21a;ἐπεκηρυκεύετο Πεισιστράτῳ, εἰ βούλοιτό οἱ τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα Hdt.1.60
: rarely [tense] aor. opt. for the [tense] aor. ind., ἠρώτων αὐτὸν εἰ ἀναπλεύσειεν I asked him whether he had set sail (direct ἀνέπλευσας;), D.50.55: but [tense] aor. opt. usually represents [tense] aor. subj., τὸν θεὸν ἐπήροντο εἰ παραδοῖεν Κορινθίοις τὴν πόλιν.. καὶ τιμωρίαν τινὰ πειρῷντ' ἀπ' αὐτῶν ποιεῖσθαι they asked whether they should deliver their city to the Corinthians, and should try.., Th.1.25:—in both constructions the ind. or subj. may be retained, ψῆφον ἐβούλοντο ἐπαγαγεῖν εἰ χρὴ πολεμεῖν ib. 119; ἐβουλεύοντο εἴτε κατακαύσωσιν.. εἴτε τι ἄλλο χρήσωνται whether they should burn them or should dispose of them in some other way, Id.2.4; ἀνακοινοῦσθαι αὐτὸν αὑτῷ εἰ δῷ ἐπιψηφίσαι τοῖς προέδροις [he said that] he consulted him whether he should give.., Aeschin.2.68.4 with OPT. and ἄν when this was the form of the direct question, ἠρώτων εἰ δοῖεν ἂν τούτων τὰ πιστά they asked whether they would give (direct δοιήτε ἄν;), X.An.4.8.7.5 the NEG. used with εἰ in indirect questions is οὐ, when οὐ would be used in the direct question, ἐνετέλλετο.. εἰρωτᾶν εἰ οὔ τι ἐπαισχύνεται whether he is not ashamed, Hdt.1.90, etc.; but if μή would be required in the direct form, it is retained in the indirect, οὐ τοῦτο ἐρωτῶ, ἀλλ' εἰ τοῦ μὲν δικαίου μὴ ἀξιοῖ πλέον ἔχειν μηδὲ βούλεται ὁ δίκαιος, τοῦ δὲ ἀδίκου (the direct question would be μὴ ἀξιοῖ μηδὲ βούλεται; he does not see fit nor wish, does he?) Pl.R. 349b:—in double indirect questions, εἴτε.. εἴτε.. ; εἰ.. εἴτε.. ; εἴτε.. ἢ .., either οὐ or μή can be used in the second clause, ; ; εἰ ἀληθὲς ἢ μή, πειράσομαι μαθεῖν ib. 339a;πολλὰ ἂν περιεσκέψω, εἴτε ἐπιτρεπτέον εἴτε οὔ·.. οὐδένα λόγον οὐδὲ συμβουλὴν ποιῇ, εἴτε χρὴ ἐπιτρέπειν σαυτὸν αὐτῷ εἴτε μή Id.Prt. 313a
, 313b;ἀνάγκη τὴν ἐμὴν μητέρα, εἴτε θυγάτηρ ἦν Κίρωνος εἴτε μή, καὶ εἰ παρ' ἐκείνῳ διῃτᾶτο ἢ οὔ, καὶ γάμους εἰ διττοὺς ὑπὲρ ταύτης εἱστίασεν ἢ μὴ.. πάντα ταῦτα εἰδέναι τοὺς οἰκέτας Is.8.9
; τοὺς νόμους καταμανθάνειν εἰ καλῶς κεῖνται ἢ μή.. τοὺς λόγους εἰ ὀρθῶς ὑμᾶς διδάσκουσιν ἢ οὔ Antipho 5.14. -
17 κατά
κατά [(A)][ κᾰτᾰ], poet. καταί acc. to A.D.Synt.309.28, found in Compds., as καταιβάτης: Prep. with gen. or acc.:—A downwards.A WITH GEN.,I denoting motion from above, down from, βῆ δὲ κατ' Οὐλύμποιο καρήνων, κατ' Ἰδαίων ὀρέων, βαλέειν κ. πέτρης, Il. 22.187, 16.677, Od.14.399;κατ' οὐρανοῦ εἰλήλουθας Il.6.128
; καθ' ἵππων ἀΐξαντε ib. 232;δάκρυα.. κ. βλεφάρων Χαμάδις ῥέε 17.438
;ἵεις σαυτὸν κ. τοῦ τείχους Ar.V. 355
;ἁλόμενοι κ. τῆς πέτρας X.An.4.2.17
;κ. τῶν πετρῶν ὦσαι Pl.Phdr. 229c
;κ. κρημνῶν ῥιφέντες Id.Lg. 944a
:— for κατ' ἄκρης v. ἄκρα:Μοῖσα κ. στόματος Χέε νέκταρ Theoc.7.82
(but perh. in sense 11.1).1 down upon or over,κ. Χθονὸς ὄμματα πήξας Il.3.217
; of the dying, κατὰ.. ὀφθαλμῶν κέχυτ' ἀχλύς a cloud settled upon the eyes, 5.696, cf. 20.321;τὸν δὲ κατ' ὀφθαλμῶν.. νὺξ ἐκάλυψεν 13.580
; φᾶρος κὰκ κεφαλῆς εἴρυσσε down over.., Od.8.85; [ κόπρος]κ. σπείους κέχυτο.. πολλή 9.330
; ὕδωρ κ. Χειρός, v. Χείρ; μύρον κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς καταχέαντες Pl.R. 398a;νάρκη μου κ. τῆς Χειρὸς καταχεῖται Ar.V. 713
;κ. τῆς τραπέζης καταπάσας τέφραν Id.Nu. 177
; ξαίνειν κ. τοῦ νώτου πολλὰς [ πληγάς] D.19.197;ἐσκεδασμένοι κ. τῆς Χώρας Plb.1.17.10
;οἱ κ. νώτου πονοῦντες Id.3.19.7
;ῥόπαλον ἤλασα κὰκ κεφαλῆς Theoc.25.256
; κ. κόρρης παίειν, = ἐπὶ κόρρης, Luc.Cat.12, al.b Geom., along, upon, πίπτειν κατ' [ εὐθείας] Archim.Sph.Cyl.1 Def.2; αἱ γωνίαι κ. κύκλων περιφερειῶν ἐνεχθήσονται will move on.., ib.1.23, al., cf. Aristarch.Sam.1.2 down into,νέκταρ στάξε κ. ῥινῶν Il.19.39
; of a dart,κ. γαίης ᾤχετο 13.504
, etc.; ;ψυχὴ κ. Χθονὸς ᾤχετο 23.100
; κ. γᾶς underground, Pi.O.2.59; κατ' ὕδατος under water, Hdt.2.149; [ ποταμὸς]δὺς κ. τῆς γῆς Pl.Phd.
113c, cf. Ti. 25d;κ. γῆς σύμεναι A.Eu. 1007
(anap.); κ. Χθονὸς κρύψαι to bury. S.Ant.24; ὁ κ. γῆς one dead and buried, X.Cyr.4.6.5;οἱ κ. Χθονὸς θεοί A.Pers. 689
, etc.;θεοὶ<οἱ> κ. γᾶς Id.Ch. 475
(lyr.), etc.; so κ. θαλάσσης ἀφανίζεσθαι, καταδεδυκέναι, Hdt.7.6, 235; also βᾶτε κατ' ἀντιθύρων go down by or through.., S.El. 1433.3 later, towards a point, τοξεύειν κ. σκοποῦ to shoot at, Hdn.6.7.8;κατ' ἰχνῶν τινος ὁδεύειν Luc.Rh.Pr.9
.4 of vows or oaths, by,καθ' ἡμῶν ὀμνύναι D.29.26
, cf. 54.38;ἐπιορκήσασα κ. τῶν παίδων Lys.32.13
; esp. of the victims, etc., over which the oath is taken, ὀμνυόντων τὸν ἐπιχώριον ὅρκον καθ' ἱερῶν τελείων Foed. ap. Th.5.47, cf. Arist.Ath.29.5, Foed.Delph.Pell.1A9, etc.;κ. τῶν νικητηρίων εὐξάμενοι D.Ep.1.16
; also κατ' ἐξωλείας ὀμνύναι to imprecate destruction on oneself, Id.21.119;κατ' ἐξ. ἐπιορκεῖν Id.57.22
.b to make a vow towards, i.e. make a vow of offering..,κ. Χιλίων εὐχὴν ποιήσασθαι Χιμάρων Ar. Eq. 660
.5 in hostile sense, against, A.Ch. 221, S.Aj. 304, etc.;κ. πάντων φύεσθαι D.18.19
; esp. of judges giving sentence against a person, A.Th. 198, S.Aj. 449, etc.;ψεύδεσθαι κατά τινος Lys.22.7
;λέγειν κατά τινος κακά S.Ph.65
, cf. X.HG1.5.2, etc.; of speeches, [ λόγος] κ. Μειδίου, etc. (opp. πρὸς Λεπτίνην, in reply to L.);δῶρα εἰληφέναι κατά τινος Din.3.6
, cf. 18.6 of Time, for,μισθοῦν κ. εἴκοσι ἐτῶν IG12.94.37
; κ. βίου for life, Tab.Heracl.1.50;κὰπ παντὸς Χρόνοι IG9(2).517.20
([place name] Larissa ) (butκ. παντὸς τοῦ Χρόνου σκέψασθε D. 22.72
falls under 7);κ. παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος ἀείμνηστον Lycurg.7
.7 in respect of, concerning,μὴ κατ' ἀνθρώπων σκόπει μόνον τοῦτο Pl. Phd. 70d
;κ. τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν τοιαῦτα εὑρήσομεν Id.Sph. 253b
; οἱ κ. Δημοσθένους ἔπαινοι praises bestowed on D., Aeschin.3.50; ἐρεῖν or λέγειν κατά τινος to say of one, Pl.Ap. 37b, Prt. 323b, etc.;εἰ κ. θηλείας φαίης A.D.Synt.198.10
;εἴπερ ἕν γέ τι ζητεῖς κ. πάντων Pl.Men. 73d
, cf. 74b;ὅπερ εἴρηται καθόλου κ. πασῶν τῶν πολιτειῶν Arist.Pol. 1307b2
; freq. in the Logic of Arist., κατά τινος λέγεσθαι or κατηγορεῖσθαι to be predicated of.., Int.16b10, Cat. 1b10, etc.; καταφῆσαί (or ἀποφῆσαί) τι κατά τινος to affirm (or deny) of.., Metaph. 1007b21; soκ. τινὸς ὑπάρχειν Int. 16b13
: and in Adv. καθόλου (q.v.).B WITH Acc.,I of motion downwards, κ. ῥόον down stream, Od.14.254, Il.12.33; opp. ἀνὰ τὸν ποταμόν, Hdt.2.96; κ. τὸν ποταμόν, κ. τὸ ὑδάτιον, Id.1.194, Pl.Phdr. 229a; κατ' οὖρον ἰέναι, ῥεῖν, down (i.e. with) the wind, A.Th. 690, S.Tr. 468; κ. πνεῦμα, κατ' ἄνεμον ἵστασθαι to leeward, Arist.HA 535a19, 560b13, Dsc.4.153.2 with or without signf. of motion, on, over, throughout a space, freq. in Hom.,καθ' Ἑλλάδα καὶ μέσον Ἄργος Od.1.344
; κατ' Ἀχαΐδα, κ. Τροίην, Il.11.770, 9.329;κατ' ἠερόεντα κέλευθα Od.20.64
; κ. πόντον, κῦμα, ὕλην, Il.4.276, 6.136, 3.151;κ. πτόλιν Od.2.383
; κ. ἄστυ, οἶκον, Il.18.286, 6.56; κ. ὅμιλον, στρατόν, 3.36, 1.229; κ. κλισίας τε νέας τε ib. 487;πόλεμον κάτα δακρυόεντα 17.512
; κ. ὑσμίνην, μόθον, κλόνον, 5.84, 18.159, 16.331;τὸ ὕδωρ κ. τοὺς ταφροὺς ἐχώρει X.Cyr.7.5.16
, etc. (in later Gr.of motion to a place,κ. τὴν Ἰταλίαν Zos.3.1
);καθ' Ἑλλάδα A.Ag. 578
;κ. πτόλιν Id.Th.6
;αἱ σκηναὶ αἱ κ. τὴν ἀγοράν D.18.169
;τὰ κατ' ἀγροὺς Διονύσια Aeschin.1.157
, etc.;κ. τὸ προάστιον Hdt.3.54
;τύμβον κατ' αὐτόν A. Th. 528
, cf. Supp. 869 (lyr.): Geom., at a point, Euc.1.1,al.; τέμνειν [ σφαῖραν] κ. κύκλον in a circle, Archim.Aren.1.17; also, in the region of,οἱ κ. τὸν ἥλιον γινόμενοι ἀστέρες Gem.12.7
: freq. in Hom. in describing the place of a wound, βαλεῖν κ. στῆθος, γαστέρα, etc., Il.11.108, 16.465, al.;νύξε κ. δεξιὸν ὦμον 5.46
;οὔτασε κατ' ἰσχίον 11.339
; so βαλεῖν κατ' ἀσπίδα, κ. ζωστῆρα, 5.537, 615; βέλος κ. καίριον ἦλθεν struck upon a vital part, v.l. in 11.439: metaph.,ἄχος κ. φρένα τύψε 19.125
: generally, κ. φρένα καὶ κατὰ θυμόν in heart and soul, 4.163, al.3 opposite, over against,κ. Σινώπην πόλιν Hdt.1.76
, cf. 2.148, Th.2.30, etc.;ἀνὴρ κατ' ἄνδρα A.Th. 505
;μολὼν.. μοι κ. στόμα Id.Ch. 573
;κατ' ὀφθαλμούς τινος LXX 2 Ki.12.11
;οἱ μὲν Ἀθηναῖοι κ. Λακεδαιμονίους ἐγένοντο X.HG4.2.18
; κατ' Ἀχαιοὺς ἀντετάχθησαν ibid.;ἐν συμποσίῳ.., περίμενε, μέχρις ἂν γένηται κατὰ σέ Epict.Ench. 15
, cf. D.L.7.108.II distributively, of a whole divided into parts, κρῖν' ἄνδρας κ. φῦλα, κ. φρήτρας by tribes, by clans, Il.2.362; κ. σφέας μαχέονται by themselves, separately, ib. 366, cf. Th.4.64;ἐσκήνουν κ. τάξεις X.Cyr.2.1.25
;αὐτὴ καθ' αὑτήν A.Pr. 1013
; κ. κώμας κατοικημένοι in separate villages, Hdt.1.96; κατ' ἑωυτοὺς ἕκαστοι ἐτράποντο each to his own home, Id.5.15; κ. πόλεις ἀποπλεῦσαι, διαλυθῆναι, Th.1.89, 3.1:στρατιὰ κ. ἕνδεκα μέρη κεκοσμημένη Pl.Phdr. 247a
; laterοἱ κατ' ἄνδρα λόγοι PLond.2.259.72
(i A. D.), cf. D.Chr.32.6, etc.;ἡ κατ' οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή PLond.3.904.20
(ii A.D.), etc.; κατ' ἔπος word by word, Ar.Ra. 802; κατ' ὄνομα individually, 3 Ep.Jo.15, etc.; παῖδα κ. κρήνην at each fount a boy, Lyr.Alex.Adesp.37.13, cf. POxy 2108.9 (iii A.D.).2 of Time, καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, day by day, daily, v. ἡμέρα 111; καθ' ἑνιαυτόν, κατ' ἔτος, Test.Epict.6.24, Ev.Luc.2.41, etc.;κ. μῆνα POxy.275.18
(i A.D.).3 of Numbers, by so many at a time, καθ' ἕνα one at a time, individually, Hdt.7.104 (later detailed list,PTeb.
47.34 (ii B.C.), etc.); κ. μίαν τε καὶ δύο by ones and twos, Hdt.4.113; ; ; κ. τὰς πέντε καὶ εἴκοσι μνᾶς πεντακοσίας δραχμὰς εἰσφέρειν to pay 500 drachmae on every 25 minae, D.27.7;κ. διακοσίας καὶ τριακοσίας ὁμοῦ τι τάλαντον διακεχρημένον
in separate sums of and 300 drachmae, Id.27.11; of ships, κ. μίαν (sc. ναῦν) in column, Th.2.90;κ. μίαν ναῦν ἐπιτάττειν Plb.1.26.12
, cf. Th.2.84: Geom., μετρεῖν, μετρεισθαι κατά.. , measure, be measured a certain number of times, Euc.7 Def.8,9,al.; μετρεῖν κ. τὰς ἐν τῷ Β μονάδας as many times as there are units in B, Id.7.16.III of direction towards an object or purpose, πλεῖν κ. πρῆξιν on a business, for or after a matter, Od. 3.72, 9.253; πλάζεσθαι κ. ληΐδα to rove in search of booty, 3.106; κ.ληΐην ἐκπλῶσαι Hdt.2.152
;ἔβη κ. δαῖτα Il.1.424
;ἐπιδημεῖν κατ' ἐμπορίαν IG22.141.32
, cf. Arist.Ath.11.1; κ. Χρέος τινὸς ἐλθεῖν come to seek his help, consult him, Od.11.479, etc.;ἵεται κ. τὴν φωνήν Hdt.2.70
; κ. θέαν ἥκειν to have come for the purpose of seeing, Th.6.31;κ. πλοῦν ἤδη ὤν Id.7.31
;καθ' ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι X.An.3.5.2
; κ. τί; for what purpose? why? Ar.Nu. 239.2 of pursuit,κ. πόδας τινὸς ἐλαύνειν Hdt.9.89
; simply κ. τινά after him, Id.1.84;ἰέναι κ. τοὺς ἄλλους Id.9.53
; κατ' ἴχνος on the track, S.Aj.32, A.Ag. 695 (lyr.);ὥσπερ κατ' ἴχνη κ. τὰ νῦν εἰρημένα ζῆν Pl.Phd. 115b
.3 Geom., in adverbial phrases, κ. κάθετον in the same vertical line, Archim. Quadr.6; κατ' εὐθεῖάν τινι in the same straight line with.., Papp. 58.7.IV of fitness or conformity, in accordance with,κ. θυμόν Il.1.136
; καθ' ἡμέτερον νόον after our liking, 9.108;κ. νόον πρήξωμεν Hdt.4.97
; κ. μοῖραν as is meet and right, Il.1.286; κατ' αἶσαν, κ. κόσμον, 10.445, 472;κ. νόμον Hes.Th. 417
;κὰν νόμον Pi.O.8.78
;κ. τοὺς νόμους IG22.1227.15
; αἰτίαν καθ' ἥντινα for what cause, A.Pr. 228; κατ' ἔχθραν, κ. φθόνον, for (i.e. because of) hatred, envy, Id.Supp. 336, Eu. 686; καθ' ἡδονήν τι δρᾶν, ποιεῖν, do as one pleases, Th. 2.37,53;κ. τὸ ἔχθος τὸ Θεσσαλῶν Hdt.8.30
, cf. 9.38; κ. φιλίαν, κατ' ἔχθος, Th.1.60, 103, etc.; κατ' ἄλλο μὲν οὐδέν, ὅτι δέ.. for no other reason but that.., Pl.Phdr. 229d; κ. δύναμιν to the best of one's power, Hdt.3.142, etc. ( κὰδ δ. Hes.Op. 336); κ. τρόπον διοικεῖν arrange suitably, Isoc.2.6,al.; κατ' εὐνοίην with goodwill, Hdt.6.108;κ. τὰ παρηγγελμένα X.An.2.2.8
, etc.; in quotations, according to,κατ' Αἰσχύλον Ar.Th. 134
;κ. Πίνδαρον Pl.Phdr. 227b
, etc.2 in relation to, concerning, τὰ κατ' ἀνθρώπους = τὰ ἀνθρώπινα, A.Eu. 930, 310;τὰ κ. τὸν Τέλλον Hdt.1.31
; τὰ κ. τὴν Κύρου τελευτήν ib. 214; τὰ κ. πόλεμον military matters, Aeschin.1.181; αἱ κ. τὴν πόλιν οἰκονομίαι (opp. αἱ πολεμικαὶ πράξεις ) the management of public affairs, Din. 1.97;τὰ κ. τὰς θυσίας SIG506.7
(Delph., iii B.C.); so τὸ κατ' ὑμέας as far as concerns you, Hdt.7.158; τὸ κατ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, D.18.247; κ. τοῦτο in this respect, Hdt.5.3, etc.; κ. ταὐτά in the same way, Id.2.20; καθ' ὅτι so far as, Th.1.82, etc.3 in Comparisons, corresponding with, after the fashion of, κρομύοιο λοπὸν κ. like the coat of an onion, dub. in Od.19.233;μέλος κ. Φοίνισσαν ἐμπολὰν πέμπεται Pi.P.2.67
; κ. Μιθραδάτην answering to the description of him, Hdt.1.121; τὴν ἰδέαν κ. πνιγέα like an oven in appearance, Ar.Av. 1001; κηδεῦσαι καθ' ἑαυτόν to marry in one's own rank of life, A.Pr. 890;οὐ κατ' ἄνθρωπον φρονεῖν Id.Th. 425
;λέγω κατ' ἄνδρα, μὴ θεόν, σέβειν ἐμέ Id.Ag. 925
; οὐ κατὰ σέ none of your sort, Chionid.1 (but ἵνα προσείπω σε κατὰ σέ to address you in your own style, Pl.Grg. 467c);τὸ κατ' ἐμὲ καὶ οὐ κατ' ἐμέ Arr.Epict.1.28.5
;οὐ κ. τὰς Μειδίου λῃτουργίας D.21.169
;ἡ βασιλεία κ. τὴν ἀριστοκρατίαν ἐστί Arist.Pol. 1310b3
: freq. after a [comp] Comp.,μέζων ἢ κατ' ἀνθρώπων φύσιν Hdt.8.38
, cf. Pl.Ap. 20e, etc.; μείζω ἢ κ. δάκρυα too great for tears, Th.7.75; ἤθεα βαθύτερα ἢ κ. Θρήϊκας morerefined than was common among the Thracians, Hdt.4.95.V by the favour of a god, etc.,κ. δαίμονα Pi.O.9.28
, cf. P.8.68;κ. θεῖον Ar.Eq. 147
codd. (κ. θεὸν Cobet);κ. τύχην τινά D.48.24
.VI of round numbers (v. infr. v11.2), nearly, about,κ. Χίλια ἑξακόσια ἔτεα 1600
years more or less, Hdt.2.145, cf. 6.44, al.; κατ' οὐδέν next to nothing, Pl.Plt. 302b.VII of Time, during or in the course of a period,κ. τὸν πόλεμον Hdt.7.137
; καθ' ἡμέραν, κατ' ἦμαρ, by day, A. Ch. 818, Ag. 668;κατ' εὐφρόνην Id.Pers. 221
; κ. Χειμῶνα, κ. θερείαν, PLille 1r14 (iii B.C.), PTeb.27.60 (ii B.C.).2 about,κ. τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον Χρόνον Hdt.3.131
, etc.;κ. τοὺς θανάτους τῶν βασιλέων Id.6.58
; esp. with names of persons, κ. Ἄμασιν βασιλεύοντα about the time of Amasis, Id.2.134;κ. τὸν κ. Κροῖσον Χρόνον Id.1.67
; οἱ κατ' ἐκεῖνον (sc. τὸν Ἀλκιβιάδην)ὑμέτεροι πρόγονοι D.21.146
(v.l. κατ' ἐκ. τὸν Χρόνον); κ. τοὺς Ἡρακλείδας X.Lac.10.8
; οἱ καθ' ἑαυτοὺς ἄνθρωποι their contemporaries, Id.Mem.3.5.10.3 καθ' ἕτος this year, SIG 284.24 (Erythrae, iv B.C.), OGI458.64 (i B.C./iA.D.), CIG3641b5,38 ([place name] Lampsacus).VIII periphrastically with abstract Subst., κατ' ἡσυχίην, κ. τάχος, = ἡσύχως, ταχέως, Hdt.1.9,7.178; κ. κράτος by force, X.HG2.1.19, etc.; κ. μέρος partially, Arist.Po. 1456a16; individually, severally, Pl.Tht. 157b, Lg. 835a; κ. φύσιν naturally, Hdt. 2.38, Pl.R. 428e; κ. τὴν τέχνην skilfully, Luc.DDeor.20.7; οὔτ' ἐμοὶ λέγειν καθ' ἡδονήν [ ἐστι] it is not pleasant for me to tell you, A.Pr. 263.C Position: κατά may follow both its cases, and is then written with anastr. κάτα, as Il.20.221, etc.; so also in tmesi, when it follows its Verb, 17.91.D abs. as ADV. in all the above senses, esp. like κάτω, downwards, from above, down, freq. in Hom.I downwards, down, as inκαταβαίνω, καταβάλλω, κατάκειμαι, καταπέμπω, καταπίπτω, καταπλέω 1
.III against, in hostile sense (cf. A.11.5), as in καταγιγνώσκω, κατακρίνω, καταψηφίζομαι: more rarely with a Subst., as καταδίκη.IV back, back again, as inκάτειμι, καταπορεύομαι, καταπλέω 11
.V freq. only to strengthen the notion of the simple word, as in κατακόπτω, κατακτείνω, καταφαγεῖν, etc.; also with Substs. and Adjs., as in κατάδηλος, κάτοξος.VI sts. to give a trans. force to an intr. Verb, our be-, as in καταθρηνέω bewail.VII implying waste or consumption, as in καταλειτουργέω, καθιπποτροφέω, καταζευγοτροφέω: and generally in a disparaging sense, as in .F κατά as a Prep. was shortd. in some dialects, esp. in [dialect] Ep., into κάγ, κάδ, κάκ, κάμ, κάν, κάπ, κάρ, κάτ, before γ, δ, κ, μ, ν, π (or φ) , ῥ, τ (or θ), respectively; see these forms in their own places. Mss. and the older Edd. join the Prep. with the following word, as καγγόνυ, καδδέ, κακκεφαλῆς, καππεδίον, καπφάλαρα, καρρόον, καττάδε, καττόν, etc. In compd. Verbs, κατά sts. changes into καβ, καλ, καρ, κατ, before β, λ, ρ, θ, respectively, as κάββαλε, κάλλιπε, καρρέζουσα, κάτθανε; and before στ, σχ, the second syll. sts. disappears, as in καστορνῦσα, κάσχεθε, as also in the [dialect] Dor. forms καβαίνων, κάπετον.------------------------------------κατά [(B)], -
18 λόγος
λόγος, ὁ, verbal noun of λέγω (B), with senses corresponding to λέγω (B) II and III (on the various senses of the word v. Theo Sm.pp.72,73 H., An.Ox.4.327): common in all periods in Prose and Verse, exc. Epic, in which it is found in signf. derived from λέγω (B) 111, cf.infr. VI. 1 a:1 account of money handled,σανίδες εἰς ἃς τὸν λ. ἀναγράφομεν IG12.374.191
; ἐδίδοσαν τὸν λ. ib.232.2;λ. δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων Hdt.3.142
, cf. 143;οὔτε χρήματα διαχειρίσας τῆς πόλεως δίδωμι λ. αὐτῶν οὔτε ἀρχὴν ἄρξας οὐδεμίαν εὐθύνας ὑπέχω νῦν αὐτῆς Lys.24.26
;λ. ἀπενεγκεῖν Arist.Ath.54.1
;ἐν ταῖς εὐθύναις τοῦ τοιούτου λ. ὑπεχέτω Pl.Lg. 774b
;τὸν τῶν χρημάτων λ. παρὰ τούτων λαμβάνειν D.8.47
;ἀδικήματα εἰς ἀργυρίου λ. ἀνήκοντα Din.1.60
; συνᾶραι λόγον μετά τινος settle accounts with, Ev.Matt.18.23, etc.; δεύτεροι λ. a second audit, Cod.Just.1.4.26.1; ὁ τραπεζιτικὸς λ. banking account, Theo Sm.p.73 H.: metaph.,οὐκ ἂν πριαίμην οὐδενὸς λ. βροτόν S.Aj. 477
.b public accounts, i. e. branch of treasury, ἴδιος λ., in Egypt, OGI188.2, 189.3, 669.38; also as title of treasurer, ib.408.4, Str.17.1.12;ὁ ἐπὶ τῶν λ. IPE2.29
A ([place name] Panticapaeum); δημόσιος λ., = Lat. fiscus, OGI669.21 (Egypt, i A.D.), etc. (but later, = aerarium, Cod.Just.1.5.15); alsoΚαίσαρος λ. OGI669.30
; κυριακὸς λ. ib.18.2 generally, account, reckoning, μὴ φῦναι τὸν ἅπαντα νικᾷ λ. excels the whole account, i.e. is best of all, S.OC 1225 (lyr.); δόντας λ. τῶν ἐποίησαν accounting for, i.e. paying the penalty for their doings, Hdt.8.100;λ. αἰτεῖν Pl.Plt. 285e
;λ. δοῦναι καὶ δέξασθαι Id.Prt. 336c
, al.;λαμβάνειν λ. καὶ ἐλέγχειν Id.Men. 75d
;παρασχεῖν τῶν εἰρημένων λ. Id.R. 344d
;λ. ἀπαιτεῖν D.30.15
, cf. Arist. EN 1104a3; λ. ὑπέχειν, δοῦναι, D.19.95;λ. ἐγγράψαι Id.24.199
, al.;λ. ἀποφέρειν τῇ πόλει Aeschin.3.22
, cf. Eu. Luc.16.2, Ep.Hebr.13.17;τὸ παράδοξον τῶν συμβεβηκότων ὑπὸ λόγον ἄγειν Plb.15.34.2
; λ. ἡ ἐπιστήμη, πολλὰ δὲ ὁ λ. the account is manifold, Plot.6.9.4; ἔχων λόγον τοῦ διὰ τί an account of the cause, Arist.APo. 74b27; ἐς λ. τινός on account of,ἐς χρημάτων λ. Th.3.46
, cf. Plb.5.89.6, LXX 2 Ma1.14, JRS 18.152 ([place name] Jerash); λόγῳ c. gen., by way of, Cod.Just.3.2.5. al.; κατὰ λόγον τοῦ μεγέθους if we take into account his size, Arist.HA 517b27;πρὸς ὃν ἡμῖν ὁ λ. Ep.Hebr.4.13
, cf. D.Chr.31.123.3 measure, tale (cf. infr. 11.1),θάλασσα.. μετρέεται ἐς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. ὁκοῖος πρόσθεν Heraclit.31
;ψυχῆς ἐστι λ. ἑαυτὸν αὔξων Id.115
; ἐς τούτου (sc. γήραος) λ. οὐ πολλοί τινες ἀπικνέονται to the point of old age, Hdt.3.99, cf.7.9.β; ὁ ξύμπας λ. the full tale, Th.7.56, cf. Ep.Phil.4.15; κοινῷ λ. νομίσαντα common measure, Pl.Lg. 746e; sum, total of expenditure, IG42(1).103.151 (Epid., iv B.C.); ὁ τῆς οὐσίας λ., = Lat. patrimonii modus, Cod.Just.1.5.12.20.4 esteem, consideration, value put on a person or thing (cf. infr. VI. 2 d), οὗ πλείων λ. ἢ τῶν ἄλλων who is of more worth than all the rest, Heraclit.39; βροτῶν λ. οὐκ ἔσχεν οὐδέν' A.Pr. 233;οὐ σμικροῦ λ. S.OC 1163
: freq. in Hdt.,Μαρδονίου λ. οὐδεὶς γίνεται 8.102
;τῶν ἦν ἐλάχιστος ἀπολλυμένων λ. 4.135
, cf. E.Fr.94;περὶ ἐμοῦ οὐδεὶς λ. Ar.Ra.87
; λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι πρός τινος to be of no account, repute with.., Hdt.1.120, cf.4.138; λόγου ποιήσασθαί τινα make one of account, Id.1.33; ἐλαχίστου, πλείστου λ. εἶναι, to be highly, lowly esteemed, Id.1.143, 3.146; but also λόγον τινὸς ποιεῖσθαι, like Lat. rationem habere alicujus, make account of, set a value on, Democr.187, etc.: usu. in neg. statements,οὐδένα λ. ποιήσασθαί τινος Hdt.1.4
, cf. 13, Plb.21.14.9, etc.;λ. ἔχειν Hdt.1.62
, 115;λ. ἴσχειν περί τινος Pl.Ti. 87c
;λ. ἔχειν περὶ τοὺς ποιητάς Lycurg.107
;λ. ἔχειν τινός D.18.199
, Arist.EN 1102b32, Plu.Phil.18 (but also, have the reputation of.., v. infr. VI. 2 e);ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ποιήσασθαί τι Hdt.3.50
; ἐν οὐδενὶ λ. ἀπώλοντο without regard, Id.9.70;ἐν σμικρῷ λ. εἶναι Pl.R. 550a
; ὑμεῖς οὔτ' ἐν λ. οὔτ' ἐν ἀριθμῷ Orac. ap. Sch.Theoc.14.48; ἐν ἀνδρῶν λ. [εἶναι] to be reckoned, count as a man, Hdt.3.120; ἐν ἰδιώτεω λόγῳ καὶ ἀτίμου reckoned as.., Eus.Mynd.Fr. 59;σεμνὸς εἰς ἀρετῆς λ. καὶ δόξης D.19.142
.II relation, correspondence, proportion,1 generally, ὑπερτερίης λ. relation (of gold to lead), Thgn.418 = 1164;πρὸς λόγον τοῦ σήματος A.Th. 519
; κατὰ λόγον προβαίνοντες τιμῶσι in inverse ratio, Hdt.1.134, cf. 7.36;κατὰ λ. τῆς ἀποφορῆς Id.2.109
; τἄλλα κατὰ λ. in like fashion, Hp.VM16, Prog.17: c. gen., κατὰ λ. τῶν πρόσθεν ib. 24;κατὰ λ. τῶν ἡμερῶν Ar. Nu. 619
;κατὰ λ. τῆς δυνάμεως X. Cyr.8.6.11
;ἐλάττω ἢ κατὰ λ. Arist. HA 508a2
, cf. PA 671a18;ἐκ ταύτης ἐγένετο ἐκείνη κατὰ λ. Id.Pol. 1257a31
; cf. εὔλογος: sts. with ὁ αὐτός added, κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. τῷ τείχεϊ in fashion like to.., Hdt.1.186; περὶ τῶν νόσων ὁ αὐτὸς λ. analogously, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Prm. 136b, al.; εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν λ. similarly, Id.R. 353d; κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν λ. in the same ratio, IG12.76.8; by parity of reasoning, Pl.Cra. 393c, R. 610a, al.; ἀνὰ λόγον τινός, τινί, Id.Ti. 29c, Alc.2.145d; τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λ. πρὸς.. ὃν ἡ παιδεία πρὸς τὴν ἀρετήν is related to.. as.., Procl.in Euc.p.20 F., al.2 Math., ratio, proportion (ὁ κατ' ἀνάλογον λ., λ. τῆς ἀναλογίας, Theo Sm.p.73 H.), Pythag. 2;ἰσότης λόγων Arist.EN 113a31
;λ. ἐστὶ δύο μεγεθῶν ἡ κατὰ πηλικότητα ποιὰ σχέσις Euc.5
Def.3;τῶν ἁρμονιῶν τοὺς λ. Arist.Metaph. 985b32
, cf. 1092b14; λόγοι ἀριθμῶν numerical ratios, Aristox.Harm.p.32 M.; τοὺς φθόγγους ἀναγκαῖον ἐν ἀριθμοῦ λ. λέγεσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους to be expressed in numerical ratios, Euc.Sect.Can. Proëm.: in Metre, ratio between arsis and thesis, by which the rhythm is defined, Aristox.Harm.p.34 M.;ἐὰν ᾖ ἰσχυροτέρα τοῦ αἰσθητηρίου ἡ κίνησις, λύεται ὁ λ. Arist.de An. 424a31
; ἀνὰ λόγον analogically, Archyt.2; ἀνὰ λ. μερισθεῖσα [ἡ ψυχή] proportionally, Pl. Ti. 37a; soκατὰ λ. Men.319.6
; πρὸς λόγον in proportion, Plb.6.30.3, 9.15.3 (but πρὸς λόγον ἐπὶ στενὸν συνάγεται narrows uniformly, Sor. 1.9, cf. Diocl.Fr.171);ἐπὶ λόγον IG5(1).1428
([place name] Messene).3 Gramm., analogy, rule, τῷ λ. τῶν μετοχικῶν, τῆς συγκοπῆς, by the rule of the participles, of syncope, Choerob. in Theod.1.75 Gaisf., 1.377 H.;εἰπέ μοι τὸν λ. τοῦ Αἴας Αἴαντος, τουτέστι τὸν κανόνα An.Ox. 4.328
.1 plea, pretext, ground, ἐκ τίνος λ.; A.Ch. 515;ἐξ οὐδενὸς λ. S.Ph. 731
;ἀπὸ παντὸς λ. Id.OC 762
;χὠ λ. καλὸς προσῆν Id.Ph. 352
;σὺν ἀφανεῖ λ. Id.OT 657
(lyr., v.l. λόγων); ἐν ἀφανεῖ λ. Antipho 5.59
;ἐπὶ τοιούτῳ λ. Hdt.6.124
; κατὰ τίνα λ.; on what ground? Pl.R. 366b; οὐδὲ πρὸς ἕνα λ. to no purpose, Id.Prt. 343d; ἐπὶ τίνι λ.; for what reason? X.HG2.2.19; τὸν λ. τοῦτον this ground of complaint, Aeschin.3.228; τίνι δικαίῳ λ.; what just cause is there? Pl.Grg. 512c; τίνι λ.; on what account? Act.Ap.10.29; κατὰ λόγον ἂν ἠνεσχόμην ὑμῶν reason would that.., ib.18.14; λ. ἔχειν, with personal subject, εἶχον ἄν τινα λ. I (i.e. my conduct) would have admitted of an explanation, Pl.Ap. 31b; τὸν ὀρθὸν λ. the true explanation, ib. 34b.b plea, case, in Law or argument (cf. VIII. I), τὸν ἥττω λ. κρείττω ποιεῖν to make the weaker case prevail, ib. 18b, al., Arist.Rh. 1402a24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1042 (pl.); personified, ib. 886, al.;ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς λ. Pl.Phlb. 38a
;ἀνοίσεις τοὺς λ. αὐτῶν πρὸς τὸν θεόν LXXEx.18.19
; ἐχειν λ. πρός τινα to have a case, ground of action against.., Act.Ap.19.38.2 statement of a theory, argument, οὐκ ἐμεῦ ἀλλὰ τοῦ λ. ἀκούσαντας prob. in Heraclit.50; λόγον ἠδὲ νόημα ἀμφὶς ἀληθείης discourse and reflection on reality, Parm.8.50; δηλοῖ οὗτος ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Democr.7; οὐκ ἔχει λόγον it is not arguable, i.e. reasonable, S.El. 466, Pl.Phd. 62d, etc.;ἔχει λ. D.44.32
;οὐδεὶς αὐτὰ καταβαλεῖ λ. E.Ba. 202
;δίκασον.. τὸν λ. ἀκούσας Pl.Lg. 696b
; personified, φησὶ οὗτος ὁ λ. ib. 714d, cf. Sph. 238b, Phlb. 50a; ὡς ὁ λ. (sc. λέγει) Arist.EN 1115b12; ὡς ὁ λ. ὁ ὀρθὸς λέγει ib. 1138b20, cf. 29;ὁ λ. θέλει προσβιβάζειν Phld.Rh.1.41
, cf.1.19 S.; ;λ. καθαίρων Aristo Stoic.1.88
; λόγου τυγχάνειν to be explained, Phld.Mus.p.77 K.; ὁ τὸν λ. μου ἀκούων my teaching, Ev.Jo.5.24; ὁ προφητικὸς λ., collect., of VT prophecy, 2 Ep.Pet.1.19: pl.,ὁκόσων λόγους ἤκουσα Heraclit.108
;οὐκ ἐπίθετο τοῖς ἐμοῖς λ. Ar.Nu.73
; of arguments leading to a conclusion ([etym.] ὁ λ.), Pl. Cri. 46b;τὰ Ἀναξαγόρου βιβλία γέμει τούτων τῶν λ. Id.Ap. 26d
; λ. ἀπὸ τῶν ἀρχῶν, ἐπὶ τὰς ἀρχάς, Arist.EN 1095a31; συλλογισμός ἐστι λ. ἐν ᾧ τεθέντων τινῶν κτλ. Id.APr. 24b18; λ. ἀντίτυπός τε καὶ ἄπορος, of a self-contradictory theory, Plot.6.8.7.b ὁ περὶ θεῶν λ., title of a discourse by Protagoras, D.L.9.54; ὁ Ἀχιλλεὺς λ., name of an argument, ib.23;ὁ αὐξόμενος λ. Plu.2.559b
; καταβάλλοντες (sc. λόγοι), title of work by Protagoras, S.E.M.7.60;λ. σοφιστικοί Arist.SE 165a34
, al.;οἱ μαθηματικοὶ λ. Id.Rh. 1417a19
, etc.; οἱ ἐξωτερικοὶ λ., current outside the Lyceum, Id.Ph. 217b31, al.; Δισσοὶ λ., title of a philosophical treatise (= Dialex.); Λ. καὶ Λογίνα, name of play of Epicharmus, quibble, argument, personified, Ath.8.338d.c in Logic, proposition, whether as premiss or conclusion,πρότασίς ἐστι λ. καταφατικὸς ἢ ἀποφατικός τινος κατά τινος Arist.APr. 24a16
.d rule, principle, law, as embodying the result of λογισμός, Pi.O.2.22, P.1.35, N.4.31;πείθεσθαι τῷ λ. ὃς ἄν μοι λογιζομένῳ βέλτιστος φαίνηται Pl.Cri. 46b
, cf. c; ἡδονὰς τοῖς ὀρθοῖς λ. ἑπομένας obeying right principles, Id.Lg. 696c; προαιρέσεως [ἀρχὴ] ὄρεξις καὶ λ. ὁ ἕνεκά τινος principle directed to an end, Arist.EN 1139a32; of the final cause,ἀρχὴ ὁ λ. ἔν τε τοῖς κατὰ τέχνην καὶ ἐν τοῖς φύσει συνεστηκόσιν Id.PA 639b15
; ἀποδιδόασι τοὺς λ. καὶ τὰς αἰτίας οὗ ποιοῦσι ἑκάστου ib.18; [τέχνη] ἕξις μετὰ λ. ἀληθοῦς ποιητική Id.EN 1140a10
; ὀρθὸς λ. true principle, right rule, ib. 1144b27, 1147b3, al.; κατὰ λόγον by rule, consistently,ὁ κατὰ λ. ζῶν Pl.Lg. 689d
, cf. Ti. 89d; τὸ κατὰ λ. ζῆν, opp. κατὰ πάθος, Arist.EN 1169a5; κατὰ λ. προχωρεῖν according to plan, Plb.1.20.3.3 law, rule of conduct,ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι λόγῳ Heraclit.72
;πολλοὶ λόγον μὴ μαθόντες ζῶσι κατὰ λόγον Democr.53
; δεῖ ὑπάρχειν τὸν λ. τὸν καθόλου τοῖς ἄρχουσιν universal principle, Arist.Pol. 1286a17;ὁ νόμος.. λ. ὢν ἀπό τινος φρονήσεως καὶ νοῦ Id.EN 1180a21
; ὁ νόμος.. ἔμψυχος ὢν ἑαυτῷ λ. conscience, Plu. 2.780c; τὸν λ. πρόχειρον ἔχειν precept, Phld.Piet.30, cf. 102;ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λ. κοινός M.Ant.4.4
.4 thesis, hypothesis, provisional ground, ὡς ἂν εἰ λέγοι λόγον maintain a thesis, Pl. Prt. 344b; ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λ. provisionally assuming a proposition, Id.Phd. 100a; τὸν τῆς ὁμοιότητος λ. hypothesis of equivalence, Arist.Cael. 296a20.5 reason, ground,πάντων γινομένων κατὰ τὸν λ. τόνδε Heraclit.1
;οὕτω βαθὺν λ. ἔχει Id.45
; ἐκ λόγου, opp. μάτην, Leucipp. 2;μέγιστον σημεῖον οὗτος ὁ λ. Meliss.8
; [ἐμπειρία] οὐκ ἔχει λ. οὐδένα ὧν προσφέρει has no grounds for.., Pl.Grg. 465a; μετὰ λόγουτε καὶ ἐπιστήμης θείας Id.Sph. 265c
; ἡ μετα λόγου ἀληθὴς δόξα ([etym.] ἐπιστήμη) Id.Tht. 201c; λόγον ζητοῦσιν ὧν οὐκ ἔστι λ. proof, Arist. Metaph. 1011a12;οἱ ἁπάντων ζητοῦντες λ. ἀναιροῦσι λ. Thphr.Metaph. 26
.6 formula (wider than definition, but freq. equivalent thereto), term expressing reason,λ. τῆς πολιτείας Pl.R. 497c
; ψυχῆς οὐσία τε καὶ λ. essential definition, Id.Phdr. 245e;ὁ τοῦ δικαίου λ. Id.R. 343a
; τὸν λ. τῆς οὐσίας ib. 534b, cf. Phd. 78d;τὰς πολλὰς ἐπιστήμας ἑνὶ λ. προσειπεῖν Id.Tht. 148d
;ὁ τῆς οἰκοδομήσεως λ. ἔχει τὸν τῆς οἰκίας Arist. PA 646b3
;τεθείη ἂν ἴδιον ὄνομα καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λ. Id.Metaph. 1006b5
, cf. 1035b4;πᾶς ὁρισμὸς λ. τίς ἐστι Id.Top. 102a5
; ἐπὶ τῶν σχημάτων λ. κοινός generic definition, Id.de An. 414b23; ἀκριβέστατος λ. specific definition, Id.Pol. 1276b24;πηγῆς λ. ἔχον Ph.2.477
; τὸ ᾠὸν οὔτε ἀρχῆς ἔχει λ. fulfils the function of.., Plu.2.637d; λ. τῆς μίξεως formula, i. e. ratio (cf. supr. II) of combination, Arist.PA 642a22, cf. Metaph. 993a17.7 reason, law exhibited in the world-process, κατὰ λόγον by law,κόσμῳ πάντα καὶ κατὰ λ. ἔχοντα Pl.R. 500c
; κατ τὸν < αὐτὸν αὖ> λ. by the same law, Epich.170.18;ψυχῆς τὸ πᾶν τόδε διοικούσης κατὰ λ. Plot.2.3.13
; esp. in Stoic Philos., the divine order,τὸν τοῦ παντὸς λ. ὃν ἔνιοι εἱμαρμένην καλοῦσιν Zeno Stoic.1.24
; τὸ ποιοῦν τὸν ἐν [τῇ ὕλῃ] λ. τὸν θεόν ibid., cf. 42;ὁ τοῦ κόσμου λ. Chrysipp.Stoic.2.264
; λόγος, = φύσει νόμος, Stoic.2.169;κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λ. M.Ant.7.53
;ὁ ὀρθὸς λ. διὰ πάντων ἐρχόμενος Chrysipp.Stoic.3.4
: so in Plot.,τὴν φύσιν εἶναι λόγον, ὃς ποιεῖ λ. ἄλλον γέννημα αὑτοῦ 3.8.2
.b σπερματικὸς λ. generative principle in organisms,ὁ θεὸς σπ. λ. τοῦ κόσμου Zeno Stoic.1.28
: usu. in pl., Stoic. 2.205,314,al.;γίνεται τὰ ἐν τῷ παντὶ οὐ κατὰ σπερματικούς, ἀλλὰ κατὰ λ. περιληπτικούς Plot.3.1.7
, cf.4.4.39: so withoutσπερματικός, ὥσπερ τινὲς λ. τῶν μερῶν Cleanth.Stoic.1.111
;οἱ λ. τῶν ὅλων Ph.1.9
.c in Neo-Platonic Philos., of regulative and formative forces, derived from the intelligible and operative in the sensible universe,ὄντων μειζόνων λ. καὶ θεωρούντων αὑτοὺς ἐγὼ γεγέννημαι Plot.3.8.4
;οἱ ἐν σπέρματι λ. πλάττουσι.. τὰ ζῷα οἷον μικρούς τινας κόσμους Id.4.3.10
, cf.3.2.16,3.5.7; opp. ὅρος, Id.6.7.4;ἀφανεῖς λ. τῆς φύσεως Procl.
in R.1.18 K.; τεχνικοὶ λ. ib.142 K., al.IV inward debate of the soul (cf.λ. ὃν αὐτὴ πρὸς αὑτὴν ἡ ψυχὴ διεξέρχεται Pl.Tht. 189e
( διάλογος in Sph. 263e); ὁ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ὁ ἔσω λ. (opp. ὁ ἔξω λ.), Arist.APo. 76b25, 27; ὁ ἐνδιάθετος, opp. ὁ προφορικὸς λ., Stoic.2.43, Ph.2.154),1 thinking, reasoning, τοῦ λ. ἐόντος ξυνοῦ, opp. ἰδία φρόνησις, Heraclit. 2; κρῖναι δὲ λόγῳ.. ἔλεγχον test by reflection, Parm.1.36; reflection, deliberation (cf. VI.3),ἐδίδου λόγον ἑωυτῷ περὶ τῆς ὄψιος Hdt.1.209
, cf. 34, S.OT 583, D.45.7; μὴ εἰδέναι.. μήτε λόγῳ μήτε ἔργῳ neither by reasoning nor by experience, Anaxag.7;ἃ δὴ λόγῳ μὲν καὶ διανοίᾳ ληπτά, ὄψει δ' οὔ Pl.R. 529d
, cf. Prm. 135e;ὁ λ. ἢ ἡ αἴσθησις Arist.EN 1149a35
,al.; αὐτῷ μόνον τῷ λ. πιστεύειν (opp. αἰσθήσεις), of Parmenides and his school, Aristocl. ap. Eus.PE14.17: hence λόγῳ or τῷ λ. in idea, in thought,τῷ λ. τέμνειν Pl.R. 525e
; τῷ λ. δύο ἐστίν, ἀχώριστα πεφυκότα two in idea, though indistinguishable in fact, Arist. EN 1102a30, cf. GC 320b14, al.; λόγῳ θεωρητά mentally conceived, opp. sensibly perceived, Placit.1.3.5, cf. Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.20;τοὺς λ. θεωρητοὺς χρόνους Epicur.Ep.1p.19U.
; διὰ λόγου θ. χ. ib.p.10 U.;λόγῳ καταληπτός Phld.Po.5.20
, etc.; ὁ λ. οὕτω αἱρέει analogy proves, Hdt.2.33; ὁ λ. or λ. αἱρέει reasoning convinces, Id.3.45,6.124, cf. Pl.Cri. 48c (but, our argument shows, Lg. 663d): also c. acc. pers., χρᾶται ὅ τι μιν λ. αἱρέει as the whim took him, Hdt.1.132; ἢν μὴ ἡμέας λ. αἱρῇ unless we see fit, Id.4.127, cf. Pl.R. 607b; later ὁ αἱρῶν λ. ordaining reason, Zeno Stoic.1.50, M.Ant.2.5, cf. 4.24, Arr.Epict. 2.2.20, etc.: coupled or contrasted with other functions, καθ' ὕπνον ἐπειδὴ λόγου καὶ φρονήσεως οὐ μετεῖχε since reason and understanding are in abeyance, Pl.Ti. 71d; μετὰ λόγου τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, opp. αἰτία αὐτομάτη, of Nature's processes of production, Id.Sph. 265c; τὸ μὲν δὴ νοήσει μετὰ λόγου περιληπτόν embraced by thought with reflection, opp. μετ' αἰσθήσεως ἀλόγου, Id.Ti. 28a; τὸ μὲν ἀεὶ μετ' ἀληθοῦς λ., opp. τὸ δὲ ἄλογον, ib. 51e, cf. 70d, al.;λ. ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν Id.Phlb. 62a
; ἐπιστήμη ἐνοῦσα καὶ ὀρθὸς λ. scientific knowledge and right process of thought, Id.Phd. 73a;πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἐπιστήμη τῶν καθόλου Arist.Metaph. 1059b26
;τὸ λόγον ἔχον Id.EN 1102b15
, 1138b9, al.: in sg. and pl., contrasted by Pl. and Arist. as theory, abstract reasoning with outward experience, sts. with depreciatory emphasis on the former,εἰς τοὺς λ. καταφυγόντα Pl.Phd. 99e
; τὸν ἐν λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα, opp. τὸν ἐν ἔργοις (realities), ib. 100a;τῇ αἰσθήσει μᾶλλον τῶν λ. πιστευτέον Arist.GA 760b31
; γνωριμώτερα κατὰ τὸν λ., opp. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν, Id.Ph. 189a4; ἐκ τῶν λ. δῆλον, opp. ἐκ τῆς ἐπαγωγῆς, Id.Mete. 378b20; ἡ τῶν λ. πίστις, opp. ἐκ τῶν ἔργων φανερόν, Id.Pol. 1326a29;ἡ πίστις οὐ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς αἰσθήσεως ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ λ. Id.Ph. 262a19
;μαρτυρεῖ τὰ γιγνόμενα τοῖς λ. Id.Pol. 1334a6
; ὁ μὲν λ. τοῦ καθόλου, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις τοῦ κατὰ μέρος explanation, opp. perception, Id.Ph. 189a7; ἔσονται τοῖς λ. αἱ πράξεις ἀκόλουθοι theory, opp. practice, Epicur.Sent.25; in Logic, of discursive reasoning, opp. intuition, Arist.EN 1142a26, 1143b1; reasoning in general, ib. 1149a26; πᾶς λ. καὶ πᾶσα ἀπόδειξις all reasoning and demonstration, Id.Metaph. 1063b10;λ. καὶ φρόνησιν Phld.Mus.p.105
K.; ὁ λ. ἢ λογισμός ibid.; τὸ ἰδεῖν οὐκέτι λ., ἀλλὰ μεῖζον λόγου καὶ πρὸ λόγου, of mystical vision, opp. reasoning, Plot.6.9.10.—Phrases, κατὰ λ. τὸν εἰκότα by probable reasoning, Pl.Ti. 30b;οὔκουν τόν γ' εἰκότα λ. ἂν ἔχοι Id.Lg. 647d
; παρὰ λόγον, opp. κατὰ λ., Arist.Rh.Al. 1429a29, cf. EN 1167b19; cf. παράλογος (but παρὰ λ. unexpectedly, E.Ba. 940).2 reason as a faculty, ὁ λ. ἀνθρώπους κυβερνᾷ [Epich.] 256; [θυμοειδὲς] τοῦ λ. κατήκοον Pl.Ti. 70a
; [θυμὸς] ὑπὸ τοῦ λ. ἀνακληθείς Id.R. 440d
; σύμμαχον τῷ λ. τὸν θυμόν ib. b;πειθαρχεῖ τῷ λ. τὸ τοῦ ἐγκρατοῦς Arist. EN 1102b26
; ἄλλο τι παρὰ τὸν λ. πεφυκός, ὃ μάχεται τῷ λ. ib.17;ἐναντίωσις λόγου πρὸς ἐπιθυμίας Plot.4.7.13(8)
;οὐ θυμός, οὐκ ἐπιθυμία, οὐδὲ λ. οὐδέ τις νόησις Id.6.9.11
: freq. in Stoic. Philos. of human Reason, opp. φαντασία, Zeno Stoic.1.39; opp. φύσις, Stoic.2.206; οὐ σοφία οὐδὲ λ. ἐστὶν ἐν [τοῖς ζῴοις] ibid.;τοῖς ἀλόγοις ζῴοις ὡς λ. ἔχων λ. μὴ ἔχουσι χρῶ M.Ant.6.23
;ὁ λ. κοινὸν πρὸς τοὺς θεούς Arr.Epict. 1.3.3
;οἷον [εἰκὼν] λ. ὁ ἐν προφορᾷ λόγου τοῦ ἐν ψυχῇ, οὕτω καὶ αὐτὴ λ. νοῦ Plot.5.1.3
; τὸ τὸν λ. σχεῖν τὴν οἰκείαν ἀρετήν (sc. εὐδαιμονίαν) Procl.in Ti.3.334 D.; also of the reason which pervades the universe, θεῖος λ. [Epich.] 257;τὸν θεῖον λ. καθ' Ἡράκλειτον δι' ἀναπνοῆς σπάσαντες νοεροὶ γινόμεθα S.E.M.7.129
(cf. infr. x).b creative reason,ἀδύνατον ἦν λόγον μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ πάντα ἐλθεῖν Plot.3.2.14
;ἀρχὴ οὖν λ. καὶ πάντα λ. καὶ τὰ γινόμενα κατ' αὐτόν Id.3.2.15
;οἱ λ. πάντες ψυχαί Id.3.2.18
.2 legend,ἱρὸς λ. Hdt.2.62
, cf. 47, Pi.P.3.80 (pl.);συνθέντες λ. E.Ba. 297
;λ. θεῖος Pl.Phd. 85d
; ἱεροὶ λ., of Orphic rhapsodies, Suid. S.V. Ὀρφεύς.3 tale, story,ἄλλον ἔπειμι λ. Xenoph. 7.1
, cf. Th.1.97, etc.;συνθέτους λ. A.Pr. 686
; σπουδὴν λόγου urgent tidings, E.Ba. 663; ἄλλος λ. 'another story', Pl.Ap. 34e; ὁμολογούμενος ὁ λ. ἐστίν the story is consistent, Isoc.3.27: pl., histories,ἐν τοῖσι Ἀσσυρίοισι λ. Hdt.1.184
, cf. 106, 2.99; so in sg., a historical work, Id.2.123, 6.19,7.152: also in sg., one section of such a work (like later βίβλος), Id.2.38,6.39, cf. VI.3d; so in pl.,ἐν τοῖσι Λιβυκοῖσι λ. Id.2.161
, cf. 1.75,5.22,7.93, 213;ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ τῶν λ. Id.5.36
; ὁ πρῶτος λ., of St. Luke's gospel, Act.Ap.1.1: in Pl., opp. μῦθος, as history to legend, Ti. 26e; , cf. Grg. 523a (but μῦθον λέγειν, opp. λόγῳ ( argument)διεξελθεῖν Prt. 320c
, cf. 324d);περὶ λόγων καὶ μύθων Arist.Pol. 1336a30
;ὁ λ... μῦθός ἐστι Ael.NA4.34
.4 speech, delivered in court, assembly, etc.,χρήσομαι τῇ τοῦ λ. τάξει ταύτῃ Aeschin.3.57
, cf. Arist.Rh. 1358a38;δικανικοὶ λ. Id.EN 1181a4
;τρία γένη τῶν λ. τῶν ῥητορικῶν, συμβουλευτικόν, δικανικόν, ἐπιδεικτικόν Id.Rh. 1358b7
;τῷ γράψαντι τὸν λ. Thphr. Char.17.8
, cf.λογογράφος 11
; ἐπιτάφιος λ. funeral oration, Pl.Mx. 236b; esp. of the body of a speech, opp. ἐπίλογος, Arist.Rh. 1420b3; opp. προοίμιον, ib. 1415a12; body of a law, opp. proem, Pl.Lg. 723b; spoken, opp. written word,τὸν τοῦ εἰδότος λ. ζῶντα καὶ ἔμψυχον οὗ ὁ γεγραμμένος εἴδωλόν τι Id.Phdr. 276a
; ὁ ἐκ τοῦ βιβλίου ῥηθεὶς [λ.] speech read from a roll, ib. 243c; published speech, D.C.40.54; rarely of the speeches in Tragedy ([etym.] ῥήσεις), Arist.Po. 1450b6,9.VI verbal expression or utterance (cf. λέγω (B) 111), rarely a single word, v. infr. b, never in Gramm. signf. of vocable ([etym.] ἔπος, λέξις, ὄνομα, ῥῆμα), usu. of a phrase, cf. IX. 3 (the only sense found in [dialect] Ep.).a pl., without Art., talk,τὸν ἔτερπε λόγοις Il.15.393
;αἱμύλιοι λ. Od.1.56
, h.Merc. 317, Hes.Th. 890, Op.78, 789, Thgn.704, A.R.3.1141; ψευδεῖς Λ., personified, Hes.Th. 229;ἀφροδίσιοι λ. Semon.7.91
;ἀγανοῖσι λ. Pi.P. 4.101
; ὄψον δὲ λ. φθονεροῖσιν tales, Id.N.8.21; σμικροὶ λ. brief words, S.Aj. 1268 (s.v.l.), El. 415; δόκησις ἀγνὼς λόγων bred of talk, Id.OT 681 (lyr.): also in sg., λέγ' εἴ σοι τῷ λ. τις ἡδονή speak if thou delightest in talking, Id.El. 891.b sg., expression, phrase,πρὶν εἰπεῖν ἐσθλὸν ἢ κακὸν λ. Id.Ant. 1245
, cf. E.Hipp. 514;μυρίας ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ Hdt.2.37
; μακρὸς λ. rigmarole, Simon.189, Arist.Metaph. 1091a8; λ. ἠρέμα λεχθεὶς διέθηκε τὸ πόρρω a whispered message, Plot.4.9.3; ἑνὶ λόγῳ to sum up, in brief phrase, Pl.Phdr. 241e, Phd. 65d; concisely, Arist. EN 1103b21 (but also, = ἁπλῶς, περὶ πάντων ἑνὶ λ. Id.GC 325a1): pl., λ. θελκτήριοι magic words, E.Hipp. 478; rarely of single words,λ. εὐσύνθετος οἷον τὸ χρονοτριβεῖν Arist.Rh. 1406a36
; οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λ. answered her not a word, Ev.Matt.15.23.c coupled or contrasted with words expressed or understood signifying act, fact, truth, etc., mostly in a depreciatory sense,λ. ἔργου σκιή Democr. 145
;ὥσπερ μικρὸν παῖδα λόγοις μ' ἀπατᾷς Thgn.254
; λόγῳ, opp. ἔργῳ, Democr.82, etc.;νηπίοισι οὐ λ. ἀλλὰ ξυμφορὴ διδάσκαλος Id.76
;ἔργῳ κοὐ λόγῳ τεκμαίρομαι A.Pr. 338
, cf. S.El.59, OC 782;λόγῳ μὲν λέγουσι.. ἔργῳ δὲ οὐκ ἀποδεικνῦσι Hdt.4.8
;οὐ λόγων, φασίν, ἡ ἀγορὴ δεῖται, χαλκῶν δέ Herod.7.49
;οὔτε λ. οὔτε ἔργῳ Lys.9.14
; λόγοις, opp. ψήφῳ, Aeschin.2.33; opp. νόῳ, Hdt.2.100;οὐ λόγῳ μαθών E.Heracl.5
;ἐκ λόγων, κούφου πράγματος Pl.Lg. 935a
; λόγοισι εἰς τὸ πιθανὸν περιπεπεμμένα ib. 886e, cf. Luc.Anach.19;ἵνα μὴ λ. οἴησθε εἶναι, ἀλλ' εἰδῆτε τὴν ἀλήθειαν Lycurg.23
, cf. D.30.34; opp. πρᾶγμα, Arist.Top. 146a4; opp. βία, Id.EN 1179b29, cf. 1180a5; opp. ὄντα, Pl.Phd. 100a; opp. γνῶσις, 2 Ep.Cor.11.6; λόγῳ in pretence, Hdt.1.205, Pl.R. 361b, 376d, Ti. 27a, al.; λόγου ἕνεκα merely as a matter of words,ἄλλως ἕνεκα λ. ἐλέγετο Id.Cri. 46d
; λόγου χάριν, opp. ὡς ἀληθῶς, Arist.Pol. 1280b8; but also, let us say, for instance, Id.EN 1144a33, Plb.10.46.4, Phld. Sign.29, M.Ant.4.32; λόγου ἕνεκα let us suppose, Pl.Tht. 191c; ἕως λόγου, μέχρι λ., = Lat. verbo tenus, Plb.10.24.7, Epict.Ench.16: sts. without depreciatory force, the antithesis or parallelism being verbal (cf. 'word and deed'),λόγῳ τε καὶ σθένει S.OC68
;ἔν τε ἔργῳ καὶ λ. Pl.R. 382e
, cf. D.S.13.101, Ev.Luc.24.19, Act.Ap.7.22, Paus.2.16.2; ὅσα μὲν λόγῳ εἶπον, opp. τὰ ἔργα τῶν πραχθέντων, Th. 1.22.2 common talk, report, tradition,ὡς λ. ἐν θνητοῖσιν ἔην Batr. 8
;λ. ἐκ πατέρων Alc.71
;οὐκ ἔστ' ἔτυμος λ. οὗτος Stesich.32
;διξὸς λέγεται λ. Hdt.3.32
;λ. ὑπ' Αἰγυπτίων λεγόμενος Id.2.47
; νέον [λ.] tidings, S.Ant. 1289 (lyr.); τὰ μὲν αὐτοὶ ὡρῶμεν, τὰ δὲ λόγοισι ἐπυνθανόμεθα by hearsay, Hdt.2.148: also in pl., ἐν γράμμασιν λόγοι κείμενοι traditions, Pl.Lg. 886b.b rumour,ἐπὶ παντὶ λ. ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit. 87
; αὐδάεις λ. voice of rumour, B.14.44; περὶ θεῶν διῆλθεν ὁ λ. ὅτι .. Th.6.46; λ. παρεῖχεν ὡς .. Plb.3.89.3; ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λ. οὗτος εῖς τινας ὅτι .. Ev.Jo.21.23, cf. Act.Ap.11.22; fiction, Ev.Matt.28.15.c mention, notice, description, οὐκ ὕει λόγου ἄξιον οὐδέν worth mentioning, Hdt.4.28, cf. Plb.1.24.8, etc.; ἔργα λόγου μέζω beyond expression, Hdt.2.35; κρεῖσσον λόγου τὸ εἶδος τῆς νόσου beyond description, Th. 2.50;μείζω ἔργα ἢ ὡς τῷ λ. τις ἂν εἴποι D.6.11
.d the talk one occasions, repute, mostly in good sense, good report, praise, honour (cf. supr. 1.4),πολλὰ φέρειν εἴωθε λ... πταίσματα Thgn.1221
;λ. ἐσλὸν ἀκοῦσαι Pi.I.5(4).13
;πλέονα.. λ. Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν Id.N.7.21
;ἵνα λ. σε ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθός Hdt.7.5
, cf. 9.78; Τροίαν.. ἧς ἁπανταχοῦ λ. whose fame, story fills the world, E.IT 517;οὐκ ἂν ἦν λ. σέθεν Id.Med. 541
: less freq. in bad sense, evil report, λ. κακόθρους, κακός, S. Aj. 138 (anap.), E.Heracl. 165: pl., λόγους ψιθύρους πλάσσων slanders, S.Aj. 148 (anap.).e λ. ἐστί, ἔχει, κατέχει, the story goes, c. acc. et inf.,ἔστ τις λ. τὰν Ἀρετὰν ναίειν Simon.58.1
, cf. S.El. 417; λ. μὲν ἔστ' ἀρχαῖος ὡς .. Id.Tr.1; λ. alone, E.Heracl.35;ὡς λ. A.Supp. 230
, Pl. Phlb. 65c, etc.;λ. ἐστί Hdt.7.129
,9.26, al.;λ. αἰὲν ἔχει S.OC 1573
(lyr.); ὅσον ὁ λ. κατέχει tradition prevails, Th.1.10: also with a personal subject in the reverse construction. Κλεισθένης λ. ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι has the credit of.., Hdt.5.66, cf. Pl.Epin. 987b, 988b;λ. ἔχοντα σοφίας Ep.Col.2.23
, v.supr.1.4.3 discussion, debate, deliberation,πολλὸς ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λ. Hdt.8.59
;συνελέχθησαν οἱ Μῆδοι ἐς τὠυτὸ καὶ ἐδίδοσαν σφίσι λόγον, λέγοντες περὶ τῶν κατηκόντων Id.1.97
;οἱ Πελασγοὶ ἑωυτοῖσι λόγους ἐδίδοσαν Id.6.138
; ;οἱ περὶ τῆς εἰρήνης λ. Aeschin.2.74
; τοῖς ἔξωθεν λ. πεπλήρωκε τὸν λ. [Plato] has filled his dialogue with extraneous discussions, Arist.Pol. 1264b39;τὸ μῆκος τῶν λ. D.Chr.7.131
; μεταβαίνων ὁ λ. εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀφῖκται our debate, Arist.EN 1097a24; ὁ παρὼν λ. ib. 1104a11; θεῶν ὧν νῦν ὁ λ. ἐστί discussion, Pl.Ap. 26b, cf. Tht. 184a, M.Ant.8.32; τῷ λ. διελθεῖν, διϊέναι, Pl.Prt. 329c, Grg. 506a, etc.; τὸν λ. διεξελθεῖν conduct the debate, Id.Lg. 893a; ξυνελθεῖν ἐς λόγον confer, Ar.Eq. 1300: freq. in pl., ἐς λόγους συνελθόντες parley, Hdt. 1.82; ἐς λ. ἐλθεῖν τινι have speech with, ib.86;ἐς λ. ἀπικέσθαι τινί Id.2.32
;διὰ λόγων ἰέναι E.Tr. 916
;ἐμαυτῇ διὰ λ. ἀφικόμην Id.Med. 872
;ἐς λ. ἄγειν τινά X.HG4.1.2
;κοινωνεῖν λόγων καὶ διανοίας Arist.EN 1170b12
.b right of discussion or speech, ἢ 'πὶ τῷ πλήθει λ.; S.OC 66; λ. αἰτήσασθαι ask leave to speak, Th.3.53;λ. διδόναι X.HG5.2.20
; οὐ προυτέθη σφίσιν λ. κατὰ τὸν νόμον ib.1.7.5;λόγου τυχεῖν D.18.13
, cf. Arist.EN 1095b21, Plb.18.52.1;οἱ λόγου τοὺς δούλους ἀποστεροῦντες Arist.Pol. 1260b5
;δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου Trag.Adesp.304
;διδόντας λ. καὶ δεχομένους ἐν τῷ μέρει Luc.Pisc.8
: hence, time allowed for a speech,ἐν τῷ ἐμῷ λ. And.1.26
,al.;ἐν τῷ ἑαυτοῦ λ. Pl.Ap. 34a
;οὐκ ἐλάττω λ. ἀνήλωκε D.18.9
.c dialogue, as a form of philosophical debate,ἵνα μὴ μαχώμεθα ἐν τοῖς λ. ἐγώ τε καὶ σύ Pl. Cra. 430d
;πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λ. ποιεῖσθαι Id.Prt. 348a
: hence, dialogue as a form of literature,οἱ Σωκρατικοὶ λ. Arist.Po. 1447b11
, Rh. 1417a20; cf. διάλογος.d section, division of a dialogue or treatise (cf. v. 3),ὁ πρῶτος λ. Pl.Prm. 127d
; ὁ πρόσθεν, ὁ παρελθὼν λ., Id.Phlb. 18e, 19b;ἐν τοῖς πρώτοις λ. Arist.PA 682a3
; ἐν τοῖς περὶ κινήσεως λ. in the discussion of motion (i. e. Ph.bk.8), Id.GC 318a4;ἐν τῷ περὶ ἐπαίνου λ. Phld.Rh.1.219
; branch, department, division of a system of philosophy,τὴν φρόνησιν ἐκ τριῶν συνεστηκέναι λ., τῶν φυσικῶν καὶ τῶν ἠθικῶν καὶ τῶν λογικῶν Chrysipp.Stoic.2.258
.e in pl., literature, letters, Pl.Ax. 365b, Epin. 975d, D.H.Comp.1,21 (but, also in pl., treatises, Plu.2.16c);οἱ ἐπὶ λόγοις εὐδοκιμώτατοι Hdn.6.1.4
; Λόγοι, personified, AP9.171 (Pall.).VII a particular utterance, saying:1 divine utterance, oracle, Pi.P.4.59;λ. μαντικοί Pl. Phdr. 275b
;οὐ γὰρ ἐμὸν ἐρῶ τὸν λ. Pl.Ap. 20e
;ὁ λ. τοῦ θεοῦ Apoc.1.2
,9.2 proverb, maxim, saying, Pi.N.9.6, A.Th. 218; ὧδ' ἔχει λ. ib. 225; τόνδ' ἐκαίνισεν λ. ὡς .. Critias 21, cf. Pl.R. 330a, Ev.Jo.4.37;ὁ παλαιὸς λ. Pl.Phdr. 240c
, cf. Smp. 195b, Grg. 499c, Lg. 757a, 1 Ep.Ti.1.15, Plu.2.1082e, Luc.Alex.9, etc.;τὸ τοῦ λόγου δὴ τοῦτο Herod.2.45
, cf. D.Chr.66.24, Luc.JTr.3, Alciphr.3.56, etc.: pl., Arist.EN 1147a21.4 express resolution, κοινῷ λ. by common consent, Hdt.1.141,al.; ἐπὶ λ. τοιῷδε, ἐπ' ᾧ τε .. on the following terms, Id.7.158, cf. 9.26;ἐνδέξασθαι τὸν λ. Id.1.60
, cf. 9.5; λ. ἔχοντες πλεονέκτην a greedy proposal, Id.7.158: freq. in pl., terms, conditions, Id.9.33, etc.5 word of command, behest, A.Pr.17,40 (both pl.), Pers. 363;ἀνθρώπους πιθανωτέρους ποιεῖν λόγῳ X.Oec.13.9
;ἐξέβαλε τὰ πνεύματα λόγῳ Ev.Matt.8.16
; οἱ δέκα λ. the ten Commandments, LXX Ex.34.28, Ph.1.496.VIII thing spoken of, subject-matter (cf. 111.1 b and 2),λ. τοῦτον ἐάσομεν Thgn.1055
; προπεπυσμένος πάντα λ. the whole matter, Hdt.1.21, cf. 111; τὸν ἐόντα λ. the truth of the matter, ib.95, 116; μετασχεῖν τοῦ λ. to be in the secret, ib. 127;μηδενὶ ἄλλῳ τὸν λ. τοῦτον εῐπῃς Id.8.65
; τίς ἦν λ.; S.OT 684 ( = πρᾶγμα, 699); περί τινος λ. διελεγόμεθα subject, question, Pl.Prt. 314c; [τὸ προοίμιον] δεῖγμα τοῦ λ. case, Arist.Rh. 1415a12, cf. 111.1b; τέλος δὲ παντὸς τοῦ λ. ψηφίζονται the end of the matter was that.., Aeschin.3.124;οὐκ ἔστεξε τὸν λ. Plb.8.12.5
;οὐκ ἔστι σοι μερὶς οὐδὲ κλῆρος ἐν τῷ λ. τούτῳ Act.Ap.8.21
;ἱκανὸς αὐτῷ ὁ λ. Pl.Grg. 512c
; οὐχ ὑπολείπει [Γοργίαν] ὁ λ. matter for talk, Arist.Rh. 1418a35;μηδένα λ. ὑπολιπεῖν Isoc.4.146
; πρὸς λόγον to the point, apposite,οὐδὲν πρὸς λ. Pl.Phlb. 42e
, cf. Prt. 344a;ἐὰν πρὸς λ. τι ᾖ Id.Phlb. 33c
; alsoπρὸς λόγου Id.Grg. 459c
(s. v.l.).b in Art, subject of a painting,ζωγραφίας λόγοι Philostr.VA 6.10
;λ. τῆς γραφῆς Id.Im.1.25
.IX expression, utterance, speech regarded formally, τὸ ἀπὸ [ψυχῆς] ῥεῦμα διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰὸν μετὰ φθόγγου λ., opp. διάνοια, Pl.Sph. 263e; intelligent utterance, opp. φωνή, Arist.Pol. 1253a14;λ. ἐστὶ φωνὴ σημαντικὴ κατὰ συνθήκην Id.Int. 16b26
, cf. Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213; ὅθεν (from the heart)ὁ λ. ἀναπέμπεται Stoic.2.228
, cf. 244; Protagoras was nicknamed λόγος, Hsch. ap. Sch.Pl.R. 600c, Suid.;λόγου πειθοῖ Democr.181
: in pl., eloquence, Isoc.3.3,9.11;τὴν ἐν λόγοις εὐρυθμίαν Epicur.Sent.Pal.5p.69
v. d. M.; λ. ἀκριβής precise language, Ar.Nu. 130 (pl.), cf. Arist.Rh. 1418b1;τοῦ μὴ ᾀδομένου λ. Pl.R. 398d
; ἡδυσμένος λ., of rhythmical language set to music, Arist.Po. 1449b25; ἐν παντὶ λ. in all manner of utterance, 1 Ep.Cor.1.5; ἐν λόγοις in orations, Arist.Po. 1459a13; λ. γελοῖοι, ἀσχήμονες, ludicrous, improper speech, Id.SE 182b15, Pol. 1336b14.2 of various modes of expression, esp. artistic and literary, ;ἐν λόγῳ καὶ ἐν ᾠδαῖς X.Cyr.1.4.25
, cf. Pl.Lg. 835b; prose, opp. ποίησις, Id.R. 390a; opp. ψιλομετρία, Arist.Po. 1448a11; opp. ἔμμετρα, ib. 1450b15 (pl.); τῷ λ. τοῦτο τῶν μέτρων (sc. τὸ ἰαμβεῖον)ὁμοιότατον εἶναι Id.Rh. 1404a31
; in full, ψιλοὶ λ. prose, ib. b33 (but ψιλοὶ λ., = arguments without diagrams, Pl.Tht. 165a); λ. πεζοί, opp. ποιητική, D.H.Comp.6; opp. ποιήματα, ib.15;κοινὰ καὶ ποιημάτων καὶ λόγων Phld.Po.5.7
; πεζὸς λ. ib.27, al.b of the constituents of lyric or dramatic poetry, words,τὸ μέλος ἐκ τριῶν.. λόγου τε καὶ ἁρμονίας καὶ ῥυθμοῦ Pl.R. 398d
; opp. πρᾶξις, Arist.Po. 1454a18; dramatic dialogue, opp. τὰ τοῦ χοροῦ, ib. 1449a17.3 Gramm., phrase, complex term, opp. ὄνομα, Id.SE 165a13; λ. ὀνοματώδης noun- phrase, Id.APo. 93b30, cf. Rh. 1407b27; expression, D.H.Th.2, Demetr.Eloc.92.b sentence, complete statement, "ἄνθρωπος μανθάνει λόγον εἶναί φῃς.. ἐλάχιστόν τε καὶ πρῶτον Pl.Sph. 262c
;λ. αὐτοτελής A.D.Synt.3.6
, D.T.634.1; ῥηθῆναι λόγῳ to be expressed in a sentence, Pl.Tht. 202b; λ. ἔχειν to be capable of being so expressed, ib. 201e, cf. Arist.Rh. 1404b26.c language, τὰ τοῦ λ. μέρη parts of speech, Chrysipp.Stoic.2.31, S.E.M.9.350, etc.;τὰ μόρια τοῦ λ. D.H.Comp.6
;μέρος λ. D.T.633.26
, A.D.Pron.4.6, al. (but ἓν μέρος <τοῦ cod.> λόγου one word, Id.Synt.340.10, cf. 334.22); περὶ τῶν στοιχείων τοῦ λ., title of work by Chrysippus.X the Word or Wisdom of God, personified as his agent in creation and world-government,ὁ παντοδύναμός σου λ. LXX Wi.18.15
;ὁ ἐκ νοὸς φωτεινὸς λ. υἱὸς θεοῦ Corp.Herm.1.6
, cf. Plu.2.376c; λ. θεοῦ δι' οὗ κατεσκευάσθη [ὁ κόσμος] Ph.1.162; τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ σοφίας· ἡ δέ ἐστιν ὁ θεοῦ λ. ib.56; λ. θεῖος.. εἰκὼν θεοῦ ib. 561, cf. 501; τὸν τομέα τῶν συμπάντων [θεοῦ] λ. ib. 492; τὸν ἄγγελον ὅς ἐστι λ. ib. 122: in NT identified with the person of Christ,ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. Ev.Jo.1.1
, cf. 14, 1 Ep.Jo.2.7, Apoc.19.13;ὁ λ. τῆς ζωῆς 1 Ep.Jo.1.1
. -
19 μέν
μέν, Particle, used partly to express certainty on the part of the speaker or writer; partly, and more commonly, to point out that the word or clause with which it stands is correlative to another word or clause that is to follow, the latter word or clause being introduced by δέ.AI μέν used absolutely to express certainty, not followed by correlative δέ, indeed, of a truth, synonymous with μήν, as appears from the [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. form ἦ μέν in protestations and oaths (where [dialect] Att. used ἦ μήν), καί μοι ὄμοσσον, ἦ μ. μοι πρόφρων ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
, cf. 14.275;ἦ μέν τοι τάδε πάντα τελείεται Od.14.160
, cf. Il.24.416;τοῦτον ἐξορκοῖ, ἦ μέν οἱ διηκονήσειν Hdt.4.154
, cf. 5.93, etc.: with neg.,οὐ μὲν γάρ τι κακὸν βασιλευέμεν Od.1.392
, etc.;ὤμοσα, μὴ μὲν.. ἀναφῆναι 4.254
, cf. Hdt.2.118, 179;ἔξαρνος ἦν, μὴ μὲν ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.67
, cf. 99: without neg., : also in Trag., , cf. 159 (anap.), OC44, E.Med. 676, 1129, etc.;καὶ μέν Il.1.269
, 9.632, etc.; οὐδὲ μὲν οὐδὲ .. 2.703, 12.212; γε μέν, cf. γε 1.5.2 an answering clause with δέ is sts. implied, τὴν μὲν ἐγὼ σπουδῇ δάμνημ' ἐπέεσσι her can I hardly subdue, [ but all others easily], Il.5.893; ὡς μὲν λέγουσι as indeed they say, [ but as I believe not], E.Or. 8; καὶ πρῶτον μὲν ἦν αὐτῷ πόλεμος (with no ἔπειτα δέ to follow), X. An.1.9.14; so νῦν μέν σ' ἀφήσω I will let you go this time, Herod.5.81: to give force to assertions made by a person respecting himself, wherein opposition to other persons is implied,ὡς μὲν ἐμῷ θυμῷ δοκεῖ Od. 13.154
; δοκεῖν μέν μοι ἥξει τήμερον [τὸ πλοῖον] Pl.Cri. 43d: hence with the pers. Pron.,ἐγὼ μέν νυν θεοῖσι ἔχω χάριν Hdt.1.71
; ἐγὼ μὲν οὐδέν (sc. θέλω) S.Ant. 498;ἐμοῦ μὲν οὐχ ἑκόντος Id.Aj. 455
;ἐγὼ μὲν οὐκ οἶδα X.Cyr.1.4.12
, cf. 4.2.45, etc.: with the demonstr. Pron., : generally, to emphasize the preceding word, πολλὴ μὲν ἡ μεταβολή μοι γέγονεν great indeed has been the change, Is.1.1, cf. Simon.5.1, etc.3 μέν is used alone in questions, when the answer is assumed, I take it, θέμις μὲν ἡμᾶς χρησμὸν εἰδέναι θεοῦ; E.Med. 676, cf. Ion 520 (troch.), Hipp. 316, S.Ant. 634, Ar.Av. 1214; Ἕλλην μέν ἐστι καὶ Ἑλληνίζει; Pl.Men. 82b.II μέν folld. by δέ in the correlative clause or clauses, on the one hand, on the other hand; commonly in Classical Gr., less freq. in later Gr. (rare in NT):1 μέν.., δέ .. (or when the correlative clause is neg., μέν.., οὐδέ .., Il.1.318, 536), to mark opposition, Hom., etc.—The opposed clauses commonly stand together, but are freq. separated by clauses, parenthetic or explanatory; e.g. μέν in Il.2.494 is answered by δέ in 511, 527 sq.; in X.An.1.9.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by ἐπεὶ δέ in <*> 6; in Id.Mem.1.1.2, πρῶτον μέν is answered by θαυμαστὸν δέ in 1.2.1.2 to connect a series of clauses containing different matter, though with no opposition, Il.1.18sq., 306 sq. (five δέ-clauses), 433 sq. (eight δέ-clauses), cf. X.An. 1.3.14,7.10sq.: freq. when the members of a group or class are distinctly specified, παῖδες δύο, πρεσβύτερος μὲν Ἀρταξέρξης, νεώτερος δὲ Κῦρος ib.1.1.1; τάφρος.., τὸ μὲν εὖρος ὀργυιαὶ πέντε, τὸ δὲ βάθος ὀργυιαὶ τρεῖς ib.1.7.14; πρῶτος μέν.., δεύτερος δέ.., τρίτος δέ .. ib.5.6.9; τότε μέν.., τότε δέ .., at one time.., at another.., ib.6.1.9, etc.: esp. with the Art. used as a Pron., ὁ μέν.., ὁ δέ.. ; τὸ μέν.., τὸ δέ .., etc.3 the principal word is freq. repeated,οἳ περὶ μὲν βουλὴν Δαναῶν, περὶ δ' ἐστὲ μάχεσθαι Il.1.258
, cf. 288, Od.15.70;ἔνι μὲν φιλότης, ἐν δ' ἵμερος, ἐν δ' ὀαριστύς Il.14.216
;Ξέρξης μὲν ἄγαγεν.., Ξέρξης δ' ἀπώλεσεν A.Pers. 550
, cf. 560, 694, 700 (all lyr.);χαλεπαίνει μὲν πρῳρεύς, χαλεπαίνει δὲ κυβερνήτης X.An.5.8.20
.4 one of the correlative clauses is sts. independent, while the other takes the part. or some other dependent form, ἐβλασφήμει κατ' ἐμοῦ.., μάρτυρα μὲν.. οὐδένα παρασχόμενος.., παρεκελεύετο δέ .. D.57.11;οἱ ἀμφὶ βασιλέα, πεζοὶ μὲν οὐκέτι, τῶν δὲ ἱππέων ὁ λόφος ἐνεπλήσθη X.An.1.10.12
, cf. 2.1.7, 5.6.29; , cf. OC 522 (bothlyr.);χωρὶς μὲν τοῦ ἐστερῆσθαι.., ἔτι δὲ καὶ.. δόξω ἀμελῆσαι Pl.Cri.44
b.5 μέν and δέ freq. oppose two clauses, whereof one is subordinate to the other in meaning or emphasis, ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνο θαυμάζω, εἰ Λακεδαιμονίοις μέν ποτε.. ἀντήρατε,.. νυνὶ δὲ ὀκνεῖτ' ἐξιέναι (for εἰ.. ἀντάραντες νυνὶ ὀκνεῖτε) D.2.24, cf. E.IT 116, Lys.34.11, X.Mem.2.7.11, etc.: so in an anacoluthon, τρία μὲν ὄντα.. ναυτικά.., τούτων δ' εἰ περιόψεσθε τὰ δύο, κτλ., Th.1.36.6 μέν is not always answered by δέ, but freq. by other equiv. Particles, as ἀλλά, Il.1.22 sq., 2.703 sq., Pi.O.9.1, A.Pers. 176, X.An.1.7.17:—by μέντοι, Hdt.1.36, S.Ph. 350, D.21.189, etc.:—by ἀτάρ, Il.6.84, 124, A.Pr. 342, S.OT 1051sq., Pl. Tht. 172c, etc. (so μέν.., αὐτάρ in [dialect] Ep., Il.1.50, Od.19.513, etc.):— by αὖ, Il.11.108, Od.4.210:—by αὖθις, S.Ant. 165:—by αὖτε, Il.1.234, Od.22.5:—by temporal Particles, πρῶτα μέν.., εἶτα .. S.El. 261; πρῶτον μέν.., μετὰ τοῦτο .. X.An.6.1.5-7; μάλιστα μὲν δὴ.., ἔπειτα μέντοι .. S.Ph. 350, cf. OT 647:—rarely by μήν with neg.,οὐδὲν μὴν κωλύει Pl.Phdr. 268e
;οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε Id.Phlb. 12d
.b when the opposition is emphatic, δέ is sts. strengthd., as ὅμως δέ .. S.OT 785, Ph. 473, 1074, etc. (so ); δ' αὖ .. Il.4.415, X.An.1.10.5; δ' ἔμπης .. Il.1.561-2.c μέν is sts. answered by a copul. Particle, κάρτιστοι μὲν ἔσαν καὶ καρτίστοις ἐμάχοντο ib. 267, cf. 459, Od. 22.475, S.Aj.1, Tr. 689, E.Med. 125 (anap.), etc.: rarely in Prose,τρία μὲν ἔτη ἀντεῖχον.., καὶ οὐ πρότερον ἐνέδοσαν Th.2.65
(dub.).B μέν before other Particles:I where each Particle retains its force,2μὲν γάρ S.OT62
, Th.1.142, etc.:— in Hom. there is freq. no second clause, Od.1.173, 392, cf. S.OT 1062, etc.;μὲν γὰρ δή Il.11.825
;μὲν γάρ τε 17.727
.3 μέν γε, when a general statement is explained in detail,Κορινθίοις μέν γε ἔνσπονδοί ἐστε Th.1.40
, cf. 70, 6.86, Hdt.6.46, Antipho 5.14, Lys. 13.27, Is.4.8, Ar.Nu. 1382, V. 564, E.Fr.909.4.4μὲν δή Il.1.514
, Hdt.1.32, etc.: freq. used to express positive certainty,ἀλλ' οἶσθα μὲν δή S. Tr. 627
, cf. OT 294;τὰ μὲν δὴ τόξ' ἔχεις Id.Ph. 1308
; esp. as a conclusion,τοῦτο μὲν δὴ.. ὁμολογεῖται Pl.Grg. 470b
, cf. X.Cyr.1.1.6, etc.: in closing a statement,τοιαῦτα μὲν δὴ ταῦτα A.Pr. 500
, etc.: used in answers to convey full assent, ἦ μὲν δή (cf. supr. A) Il.9.348, Od.4.33;καὶ μὲν δή.. γε Pl.R. 409b
; οὐ μὲν δή, to deny positively, Il.8.238, X.Cyr.1.6.9, Pl.Tht. 148e, etc.;οὐ μὲν δή.. γε X.An.2.2.3
, 3.2.14; ἀλλ' οὔ τι μὲν δή .. Pl.Tht. 187a.5 μὲν οὖν, v. infr.11.2.II where the Particles combine so as to form a new sense,1 μέν γε at all events, at any rate (not in Trag.),τοῦτο μέν γ' ἤδη σαφές Ar.Ach. 154
, cf. Nu. 1172, Lys. 1165, Ra.80, Th.3.39;μέν γέ που Pl.R. 559b
, Tht. 147a.2 μὲν οὖν is freq. used with a corresponding δέ, so that each Particle retains its force, Od.4.780, Pi.O.1.111, S.OT 244, 843; Ph. 359, D.2.5, etc.: but freq. also abs., so then, S.Ant.65;ταῦτα μὲν οὖν παραλείψω D.2.3
; esp. in replies, sts. in strong affirmation,παντάπασι μὲν οὖν Pl.Tht. 158d
; κομιδῇ μὲν οὖν ib. 159e; πάνυ μὲν οὖν ib. 159b; ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν ib. 189e; also to substitute a new statement so as to correct a preceding statement, nay rather, κακοδαίμων; Answ. βαρυδαίμων μὲν οὖν! Ar.Ec. 1102; μου πρὸς τὴν κεφαλὴν ἀποψῶ wipe your nose on my head: Answ. ἐμοῦ μὲν οὖν .. nay on mine, Id.Eq. 911, cf. A.Pers. 1032 (lyr.), Ag. 1090 (lyr.), 1396, S.Aj. 1363, El. 1503, OT 705, Ar.Ra. 241, Pl.Cri. 44b, Grg. 466a, 470b, Prt. 309d, etc.; alsoμὲν οὖν δή S.Tr. 153
;καὶ δὴ μὲν οὖν Id.OC31
; cf. οὐμενοῦν: in NT μενοῦν and μενοῦνγε, to begin a sentence, yea rather, Ev.Luc.11.28, Ep.Rom.9.20, etc., cf. Phryn.322, Hsch.—In [dialect] Ion., μέν νυν is used for μὲν οὖν, Hdt.1.18, 4.145, etc.3 by μέν τε, if δέ τε follows, the two clauses are more closely combined than by τε.., τε .., Il.5.139, al.; μέν τε is freq. answered by δέ alone, 16.28, al.; by ἀλλά, αὐτάρ, 17.727, Od.1.215, al.; perh. by ἠδέ, Il.4.341:— Hom. also uses μέν τε abs., when τε loses its force, as after ἦ, τίς, etc., Il.2.145, al.4 μέν τοι in Hom. always occurs in speeches, where τοι can be regarded as the dat. of the Pron.: later, μέντοι is written as a single word, and is used:a with a conj. force, yet, nevertheless, A.Pr. 320, 1054 (anap.), S.Tr. 413, etc.; and sts. stands for δέ, answering to μέν, v. supr. A.11.6 a.b as an Adv., in strong protestations, οὐ μέντοι μὰ Δία .. D.4.49; in eager or positive assent, of course, φαμέν τι εἶναι .. ; Answ.φαμὲν μέντοι νὴ Δία Pl.Phd. 65d
, al.: with a neg. to give emphasis to a question, οὐ σὺ μέντοι .. ; why, are you not.. ? Id.Prt. 309a, cf. Phdr. 229b, R. 339b, etc.: sts. to express impatience, ὄμνυμι γάρ σοι—τίνα μέντοι, τίνα θεῶν; Id.Phdr. 236d; τί μ. πρῶτον ἦν, τί πρῶτον ἦν; nay what was the first? Ar.Nu. 787;οὗτος, σὲ λέγω μ. Id.Ra. 171
; σὺ μέντοι .. Luc.Alex.44: with imper., to enforce the command, τουτὶ μ. σὺ φυλάττου only take heed.., Ar. Pax 1100, cf.Av. 661, X.An.1.4.8: in answers, γελοῖον μέντἂν εἴη nay it would be absurd, Pl.Tht. 158e; summing up a long temporal clause, And.1.130.cμέντοι γε X.Cyr.5.5.24
, etc.;οὐ μ. γε Diog.Apoll.5
: in later Gr. μέντοιγε stands first in the sentence,μ. οὐ θέλω PLond.3.897.13
(i A.D.); also , S.OT 778, 1292, E.Hec. 600;ὅμως γε μ. Ar.Ra.61
.d καὶ μ. καί is used to add a point to be noted, Heraclit.28, Pl.R. 331d; also καί.. μ., νῦν σοι καιρός ἐστιν ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν παιδείαν, καὶ φυλάξασθαι μέντοι .. and of course to take care.., X.An.4.6.15 (v.l.), cf. 1.8.20, Pl.Prt. 339c, Tht. 143a.e ἀλλὰ μέντοι well, if it comes to that, X.An.4.6.16; well, of course, Pl.R. 331e, etc.; cf. μέντον.D Position of μέν. Like δέ, it usu. stands as the second word in a sentence. But when a sentence begins with words common to its subordinate clauses, μέν stands second in the first of these clauses, asἥδε γὰρ γυνὴ δούλη μέν, εἴρηκεν δ' ἐλεύθερον λόγον S.Tr.63
; οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι ἐτάξαντο μέν.., ἡσύχαζον δέ .. Th.4.73, cf. 113, etc. It also attaches itself to words which mark opposition, as πρῶτον μέν, τότε μέν, ἐγὼ μέν, even when these do not stand first: sts. however it precedes them,ὡς μὲν ἐγὼ οἶμαι Pl.Phdr. 228b
;ὡς μέν τινες ἔφασαν X.Cyr.5.2.28
. It generally stands between the Art. and Noun, or the Prep. and its Case: but if special stress is laid on the Noun, this is sts. neglected, asοἱ Τεγεᾶται μὲν ἐπηυλίσαντο, Μαντινῆς δὲ ἀπεχώρησαν Th.4.134
; ἀνὰ τὸ σκοτεινὸν μέν .. Id.3.22; alsoτῇ σῇ μὲν εὐδαιμονίῃ, τῇ ἐμεωυτοῦ δὲ κακοδαιμονίῃ Hdt. 1.87
.II μέν is freq. repeated:1 when, besides the opposition of two main clauses, a subordinate opposition is introduced into the first, ὁ μὲν ἀνὴρ τοιαῦτα μὲν πεποίηκε τοιαῦτα δὲ λέγει, ὑμῶν δέ .. X.An.1.6.9, cf. 5.8.24, Th.8.104, D.18.214, 23.208.2 in apodosi with the demonstr. Pron. or Adv., τὸν μὲν καλέουσι θέρος, τοῦτον μὲν προσκυνέουσι, τὸν δὲ χειμῶνα .. Hdt.2.121; ὅσοι μὲν δὴ νομοῦ τοῦ Θηβαίου εἰσί, οὗτοι μέν [νυν].. αἶγας θύουσι· ὅσοι δὲ.. νομοῦ τοῦ Μενδησίου εἰσί, οὗτοι δὲ.. ὄϊς θύουσι ib.42, cf.3.108, al.; ὅτε μέν με οἱ ἄρχοντες ἔταττον.., τότε μὲν ἔμενον.., τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος,.. ἐνταῦθα δέ .. Pl.Ap. 28e, cf. Grg. 512a.3 μέν used absolutely is freq. folld. by a correlativeμέν, εἰ μὲν οὖν ἡμεῖς μὲν.. ποιοῦμεν Id.R. 421a
.III μέν is sts. omitted (esp. in Poetry) where it is implied in the followingδέ, φεύγων, ὁ δ' ὄπισθε διώκων Il.22.157
;ἐλευθεροῦτε πατρίδ', ἐλευθεροῦτε δὲ παῖδας A. Pers. 403
;σφραγῖδε.. χρυσοῦν ἔχουσα τὸν δακτύλιον, ἡ δ' ἑτέρα ἀργυροῦν IG22.1388.45
, cf. Ar.Nu. 396, Pl.Sph. 221e, Arist.Po. 1447b14, etc. -
20 ὅπως
ὅπως, [dialect] Ep. also and [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὅππως, [dialect] Ion. [full] ὅκως, [dialect] Dor. [full] ὁπῶς acc. to A.D.Adv.173.11: correlat. to ὡς and πῶς.A ADV. OF MANNER, Relat. as, in such manner as, and with interrog. force how, in what manner, rarely indef., v. infr. A. V.B FINAL CONJUNCTION, in such a manner that, in order that.A ADV. OF MANNER, how, as:1 with the ordinary Constr. of the Relat.:a with ind.,ἦ τοι νόστον, ὅπως φρεσὶ σῇσι μενοινᾷς, ὥς τοι Ζεὺς τελέσειεν Od.15.111
;οὕτως ὅ... S.Tr. 330
;ὧδ' ὅ. Id.El. 1301
;οὕτως ὅ. δύνανται Th.7.67
: sts. an analogous word replaces the antec. Adv., με τοῖον ἔθηκεν, ὅπως (for οἷον)ἐθέλει Od.16.208
: freq. without any antec. expressed, ἔλθοι ὅ... ἐθέλω (sc. αὐτὸν ἐλθεῖν) 14.172 ;ἔρξον ὅ. ἐθέλεις Il.4.37
, Od.13.145 ;χρῶ ὅ. βούλει X.Cyr.8.3.46
; ποίει ὅ. ἄριστόν σοι δοκεῖ εἶναι ib.4.5.50 ; ὅ. ἔχω as I am, on the spot, S. Ph. 819.b with [tense] fut. ind., esp. after Verbs of seeing, providing, taking care.., in the manner in which, how, that,οἱ Περσικοὶ νόμοι ἐπιμέλονται ὅπως μὴ τοιοῦτοι ἔσονται οἱ πολῖται X.Cyr.1.2.3
; ; .ά, cf. Pl.Ap. 29e ; ;τοῦτο μηχανᾶσθαι ὅπως ἀποφεύξεται πᾶν ποιῶν θάνατον Pl.Ap. 39a
;τούτου στοχαζόμενοι, ὅπως.. ἔσονται Id.Grg. 502e
(cf. infr.111.1 b, etc.): this [tense] fut. ind. may become opt. after a historical tense,ἐπεμελεῖτο ὅπως μήτε ἄσιτοι μήτε ἄποτοί ποτε ἔσοιντο X.Cyr.8.1.43
, cf. HG7.5.3, Cyr.8.1.10, Oec.7.5, Ages.2.8 ; and ὅπως is freq. used interchangeably with such forms as δι' ὧν, ὅτῳ τρόπῳ, etc.,εἰσηγοῦνται μὴ δι' ὧν.. ἀσκήσουσιν, ἀλλ' ὅπως.. δόξουσι Isoc.1.4
, cf. Th.6.11: this sense easily passes into a final sense, so that,τοῦτο ἀπόβαλε οὕτω ὅκως μηκέτι ἥξει Hdt.3.40
; οὕτω δ' (sc. ποίει) , cf. Ar.Ra. 905, X.Cyr.4.5.25, HG 2.4.17 ; v. infr. B.2 with ἄν ([dialect] Ep. κε ) and subj. in indefinite sentences, in whatever way, just as, however,ὅππως κεν ἐθέλῃσιν Il.20.243
(but ὅπως ἐθέλῃσιν (without κε) Od.1.349, 6.189) ;οὕτως ὅκως ἂν καὶ δυνώμεθα Hdt.8.143
;οὕτως ὅπως ἂν αὐτοὶ βούλωνται X.Cyr.1.1.2
, cf. IG22.1.13 (v B. C.), Pl.Phd. 116a, Smp. 174b, etc.b with opt. after historical tenses,οὕτως ὅ. τύχοιεν Th.8.95
;ὅ. βούλοιντο X.HG 2.3.13
; in a gnomic statement,εἰκῇ κράτιστον ζῆν ὅ. δύναιτό τις S. OT 979
: when ἄν appears with the opt., it belongs to the Verb and not to ὅπως, ὅ. ἄν τις ὀνομάσαι τοῦτο however one might think fit to call it, D.13.4.3 a very common phrase is οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. ( οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως ) there is no way in which.., it cannot be that,οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως κοτὲ σοὺς δέξονται λόγους Hdt.7.102
, cf. Ar.Pl.18, D.18.208, al.; so οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ. οὐ, fieri non potest quin,οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. οὐ πιστὸν ἐξ ὑμῶν πτερὸν ἐξήγαγ' S.OC97
, cf. Ar.Ach. 116, Eq. 426, Th. 882, Pl.Ap. 27e ; οὐδαμῶς ὅ. οὐ, in answer, it must positively be so, Id.Tht. 160d ; so alsoοὐκ ἂν γένοιτο τοῦθ' ὅ... οὐ φανῶ S.OT 1058
; οὐ γὰρ γένοιτ' ἄν, ταῦθ' ὅ. οὐχ ὧδ' ἔχειν (anacoluth. for ἔχει or ἕξει) Id.Aj. 378 : so in questions, ἔσθ' ὅ... ἔλθωμεν; Ar.V. 471 (v.l. -οιμεν) ; ἔστιν οὖν ὅ. ὁ τοιοῦτος φιλοσοφήσει; Pl.R. 495a, cf. Phdr. 262b, Tht. 154c : so, besides ind. of all tenses, οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅ. may be folld. by opt. withἄν, οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως μί' ἡμέρα γένοιτ' ἂν ἡμέραι δύο Ar.Nu. 1181
, cf. V. 212, Isoc.12.156, Pl.La. 184c: by ind. withἄν, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ἂν.. κατέστησαν Isoc. 15.206
, cf. D.33.28 : ἄν is omitted inοὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως λέξαιμι A.Ag. 620
, cf. E.Alc.52, Ar.V. 471 (v.l. ἔλθωμεν).4 in Trag., etc., like ὡς in comparisons, ;γῄτης ὅπως S.Tr.32
, cf. 442, 683 ;ὅπως δρῦν ὑλοτόμοι σχίζουσι κάρα Id.El.98
(anap.) ; ὅπως ἁ πάνδυρτος ἀηδών ib. 1076 (lyr.), cf. Ph. 777, E.Andr. 1140 ;ὅκως τις καλλίης κάτω κύπτων Herod.3.41
; so in [dialect] Locr. Prose,ὅπω (ς) ξένον IG9(1).334.2
(V B.C.).5 like ὡς or ὅτι, with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. ἄριστα A.Ag. 600
, IG12.44.8, etc.; ὅ. ἀνωτάτω as high up as possible, Ar. Pax 207 ; in full, οὕτως ὅ. ἥδιστα (sc. ἔχει) S.Tr. 330.6 with a gen. added, σοῦσθε ὅ. ποδῶν run as you are off for feet, i. e. as quick as you can, A.Supp. 837 (lyr., where however < ἔχετε> shd. prob. be added); v. infr. 111.10, ἔχω (A) B. 11.2b.7 sts. of Time, when,Τρῶες.. ὅπως ἴδον αἷμ' Ὀδυσῆος.., ἐπ' αὐτῷ πάντες ἔβησαν Il.11.459
, cf. 12.208, Od.3.373: freq. in Hdt. with opt., whenever, , cf. 68, 100, 162, 186, 2.13, 174, al.: in Trag. and Com., A.Pers. 198, S.El. 749, Tr. 765, Ar.Nu. 60 : with [comp] Sup. of Advs.,ὅ. πρῶτα
as soon as,Hes.
Th. 156 ;ὅ. ὤκιστα Thgn.427
;ὅ. τάχιστα A.Pr. 230
.8 of Place, where, dub. in Herod.3.75.II ὅπως is sts. used to introduce the substance of a statement, after Verbs of saying, thinking, or perceiving, that, how,λόγῳ ἀνάπεισον ὅκως.. Hdt.1.37
;οὐδὲ φήσω ὅκως.. Id.2.49
, cf. 3.115, 116 ;τοῦτ' αὐτὸ μή μοι φράζ', ὅπως οὐκ εἶ κακός S.OT 548
, cf. Ant. 223, Pl.Euthd. 296e ; after ἐλπίζειν, S.El. 963, E.Heracl. 1051 ; after Verbs of emotion, ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος.., ὅπως δὴ δηρὸν ἀποίχεται grief is mine, when I think how.. (i. e. that..), Od.4.109, cf. S.Ph. 169 (lyr.); after θαυμάζω freq. in [dialect] Att.,θαυμάζω ὅ. ποτὲ ἐπείσθησαν Ἀθηναῖοι X.Mem.1.1.20
, cf. Pl.Cri. 43a.2 οὐχ ὅ... ἀλλὰ or ἀλλὰ καὶ.. is not only not.. but.., and is expld. by an ellipsis of λέγω or ἐρῶ (cf. ὅτι IV), οὐχ ὅ. κωλυταὶ.. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ.. δύναμιν προσλαβεῖν περιόψεσθε not only will you not become.., but you will also.., Th.1.35, cf. X.HG5.4.34, D.6.9 ;οὐχ ὅ. ὑμῖν τῶν αὑτοῦ τι ἐπέδωκεν, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὑμετέρων πολλὰ ὑφῄρηται Lys.30.26
;οὐχ ὅ. τούτων χάριν ἀπέδοσαν, ἀλλ' ἀπολιπόντες ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Λακεδαιμονίων συμμαχίαν εἰσῆλθον Isoc.14.27
, cf. D.18.131, 53.13 ;οὐ γὰρ ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ καὶ.. Id.21.11
;οὔκουν ὅπως.., ἀλλὰ.. X.Cyr.8.2.12
; alsoοὐχ ὅ..., ἀλλ' οὐδέ.., οὐχ ὅ. ἀδικοῦντες, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐπιδημοῦντες ἐφυγαδευόμεθα Id.HG2.4.14
;οὐχ ὅ. τῆς κοινῆς ἐλευθερίας μετέχομεν, ἀλλ' οὐδὲ δουλείας μετρίας τυχεῖν ἠξιώθημεν Isoc.14.5
;διμοιρίαν λαμβάνων ἐν ταῖς θοίναις οὐχ ὅπως ἀμφοτέραις ἐχρῆτο, ἀλλὰ διαπέμπων οὐδετέραν αὑτῷ κατέλειπε X.Ages.5.1
;οὐχ ὅ. ζημιοῦν, ἀλλὰ μηδ' ἀτιμάζειν.. Th.3.42
: so sts. μὴ ὅ. (where an imper. must be supplied), μὴ ὅ. ὀρχεῖσθαι ἀλλ' οὐδὲ ὀρθοῦσθαι ἐδύνασθε do not think that you could dance = so far from being able to dance, X.Cyr.1.3.10.b οὐχ ὅ. rarely follows another clause, to say nothing of.., let alone..,πεπαύμεθ' ἡμεῖς, οὐχ ὅ. σε παύσομεν S.El. 796
; μηδ' ἐμπίδα, οὐχ ὅπως ταῦρον ἔτι ἄρασθαι δυνάμενος.. let alone a bull, Luc.Cont.8, cf. Prom.8, Pr.Im.7, Pisc. 31.1 with ind.,aἔσπετε νῦν μοι ὅππως δὴ.. πῦρ ἔμπεσε νηυσίν Il.16.113
;εἴπ' ἄγε μ'.. ὅππως τούσδ' ἵππους λάβετον 10.545
;εὖ μοι κατάλεξον ὅπως ἤντησας Od.3.97
;ὅπως ἠφανίσθη οὐδὲ λόγῳ εἰκότι δύνανται ἀποφαίνειν Antipho 5.26
;Ἀλκιβιάδης ἀνήχθη.. ἐπὶ κατασκοπὴν.. τοῦ οἴκαδε κατάπλου ὅπως ἡ πόλις πρὸς αὐτὸν ἔχοι X.HG1.4.11
; , etc.b notably [tense] fut. after Verbs of deliberation (like the subj., v. infr. 2), ; φράζευ ὅπως Δαναοῖσιν ἀλεξήσεις κακὸν ἦμαρ (v.l. ἀλεξήσῃς) 9.251, cf. Od.13.376, 386, 19.557, 20.29,39.2 with deliberative subj. after Verbs of deliberation, taking care, and the like ,λεύσσει ὅπως ὄχ' ἄριστα.. γένηται Il.3.110
; ἐνόησεν (gnomic [tense] aor.)ὅππως κέρδος ἔῃ 10.225
;ἀλλ' ἄγεθ' ἡμεῖς οἵδε περιφραζώμεθα πάντες νόστον ὅπως ἔλθῃσι Od.1.77
, cf. 13.365 ;οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως.. φῶ S.OT 1367
, cf. Aj. 428, Lys.8.5, Pl.Men. 91d ;ἐπιμελητέον ὅπως τρέφωνται οἱ ἵπποι X.Eq.Mag.1.3
, cf. Oec.7.36,37,9.14, 15.1, Pl.Grg. 515c.—Sts. the [tense] fut. and subj. are conjoined without difference of meaning,ἐπράττετο γὰρ.., πρῶτον μὲν ὅπως μὴ περιμείνητε.., δεύτερον δὲ ὅπως ψηφιε̄σθε.., τρίτον δὲ ὅπως μὴ ἔσται Aeschin.3.65
, cf. X. Ages.7.7, Mem.2.2.10.—On ὅπως ἄν (κεν), v. infr. 5.3 with opt. after tenses of past time, τῶν ἀδῄλων ὅπως ἀποβήσοιτο ib.1.3.2, etc.: after Verbs of deliberation, being virtually orat. obliq., μερμήριξε.. Ἥρη ὅπως ἐξαπάφοιτο (orat. rect. πῶς ἐξαπάφωμαι;) Il.14.160 ;μερμήριζεν ὅπως ἀπολοίατο πᾶσαι νῆες Od.9.554
, cf. 420 ;οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν.. ὅπως δρῶντες καλῶς πράξαιμεν S.Ant. 271
; , cf. 13.32, X.Cyr.6.2.11.4 with opt. and ἄν freq. expressing a wish, which in orat. rect. would be expressed byπῶς ἄν, σκόπει ὅ. ἂν ἀποθάνοιμεν ἀνδρικώτατα Ar.Eq.81
(v.l. ἀποθάνωμεν), cf. Nu. 760 ;βουλευόμενοι ὅ. ἂν τὴν ἡγεμονίαν λάβοιεν τῆς Ἑλλάδος X.HG7.1.33
, cf. Cyr.2.1.4 ; τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιμελεῖται ὅ. ἂν θηρῷεν (v.l. -ῶσιν) ib.1.2.10: the opt. with ἄν and subj. sts. appear in consecutive clauses, Id.HG3.2.1.5 ὅπως ἄν (κεν) with the subj. is used after imper. or inf. used as imper., ;φράζεσθαι.., ὅππως κε μνηστῆρας.. κτείνῃς 1.295
;σκοπεῖτε.., ὅ. ἂν ὑμῖν πρᾶγος εὖ νικᾷ τόδε A.Supp. 233
, etc.;φύλασσε.. ἔπειθ' ὅ. ἂν.. ἡ χάρις.. ἐξ ἁπλῆς διπλῆ φανῇ S.Tr. 618
, cf. E.IA 539 : in Prose,ἐπιμεληθῆναι ὅ. ἂν.. X.Cyr.8.3.6
, cf. Pl.Prt. 326a;μηχανᾶσθαι Id.Phdr. 239b
, Grg. 481a, cf. Ar.Eq. 917.6 rarely c. inf.,ἐπιμελήθητε προθύμως ὅπως διπλάσια.. σῖτα καὶ ποτὰ παρασκευασθῆναι X.Cyr.4.2.37
(v.l. -εσκευασμένα ᾖ), cf. Oec.7.29, HG6.2.32; so later ὅπως παρακολουθῆμεν ([dialect] Dor. inf.) Supp.Epigr.1.170.18 (cf. p.138, Delph., ii B. C.); ὅπως.. ἔχειν, ὅπως.. εἴργεσθαι, D.S.20.4,85;ὅπως πέμπιν PTeb.315.30
(ii A. D.).7 after Verbs of fear and caution, ὅπως and ὅπως μή are used with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. :— the readings are freq. uncertain: the following (among others) are made certain either by the metre or the form,a with [tense] fut. ind.,δέδοιχ' ὅπως μὴ τεύξομαι Ar.Eq. 112
;παντὶ λόγῳ ἀντιτείνετε εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ.. οἰχήσομαι Pl.Phd. 91c
;φόβος.. ἔστιν.. ὅπως μὴ αὖθις διασχισθησόμεθα Id.Smp. 193a
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted,ὅπως μὴ οὐκ.. ἔσομαι Id.Men. 77a
.b with [tense] aor. subj.,τὴν θεὸν δ' ὅ. λάθω δέδοικα E.IT 995
;φυλάττου, ὅ. μὴ εἰς τοὐναντίον ἔλθῃς X.Mem.3.6.16
: rarely with [tense] pres.,οὐ φοβεῖ ὅ. μὴ ἀνόσιον πρᾶγμα τυγχάνῃς πράττων Pl.Euthphr.4e
: sts. the preceding Verb is omitted, with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅκως μή τι ὑμῖν πανώλεθρον κακὸν ἐς τὴν χώρην ἐσβάλωσι Hdt.6.85
: with [tense] pres. subj.,ὅπως μὴ.. ᾖ τοῦτο Pl.Cra. 430d
.c with opt. representing subj. after a historical tense, X. Mem.2.9.3.8 this Constr. is used in admonitions or commands: in the orig. Constr. a Verb implying caution or circumspection precedes,ὅρα ὅκως μή σευ ἀποστήσονται Πέρσαι Hdt.3.36
;ἄθρει.. ὅπως μὴ ἐκδύσεται Ar.V. 141
; τηρώμεσθ' ὅπως μὴ.. αἰσθήσεται ib. 372 : but this came to be omitted, and ὅπως or ὅπως μή with [tense] fut. ind. or [tense] aor. subj. are exactly = the imper.,ἔμβα χὤπως ἀρεῖς Id.Ra. 378
(lyr.): most freq. with [tense] fut. ind., ὅκως λόγον δώσεις τῶν μετεχείρισας χρημάτων, = δίδου λόγον, Hdt.3.142 ; ὅπως παρέσει μοι, = πάρισθι, Ar.Av. 131 ;ὅπως πετήσει Id. Pax77
, cf. X.An.1.7.3, Lys.1.21, 12.50, Pl.Grg. 489a, etc.: rarely with I pers.,ὁποῖα κισσὸς δρυός, ὅπως τῆσδ' ἕξομαι E.Hec. 398
, cf. Ar.Ec. 297 (lyr.): very rarely with [tense] aor. subj.,ὅπως μή τι ἡμᾶς σφήλῃ Pl.Euthd. 296a
codd.;ὅπως μὴ.. ἐξαπατήσῃ Id.Prt. 313c
;ὅπως μὴ ποιήσητε D.4.20
codd.—The codd. freq. vary, as between διδάξεις and ; τιμωρήσονται and- ωνται Th.1.56
; πράξομεν and - ωμεν ib.82 ; θορυβήσει and- σῃ D.13.14
, etc.—Since the [tense] fut. is frequently, and the [tense] aor. (whether 1 or 2) rarely guaranteed by metre or form, the [tense] aor. 1 forms shd. prob. be rejected, both in signf. 7 and 8, in cases where codd. vary.9 as the echo to a preceding πῶς; in dialogue, A καὶ πῶς; B ὅπως; [do you ask] how? Ar. Eq. 128; A πῶς με χρὴ καλεῖν; B ὅπως; Id.Nu. 677, cf. Pl. 139.IV in direct questions, how? ἔπραξας ὅπως; Jul.Ep.82p.106B.-C.; cf. ὅστις.V indef., anyhow, τὸ οὐδ' ὅ. the expression 'not at all', Pl.Tht. 183b (v.l. οὐδ' οὕτως).B FINAL CONJUNCTION, that, in order that, the original notion of modality being merged in that of purpose or design, cf. ἵνα, with which it is sts. interchanged, Antipho 1.23 and 24, And.3.14, Lycurg. 119 sq.:—in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr. only ὅπως ἄν is used, IG12.39.19, al. ; ὅπως without ἄν only once in cent. iv B. C., ib.22.226.42 (343 B.C.), after which it becomes gradually prevalent:1 with subj.,a after primary tenses, or after subj. or imper.,τὸν δὲ μνηστῆρες.. λοχῶσιν, ὅπως ἀπὸ φῦλον ὄληται Od.14.181
, cf. A.Ch. 873, S.Ph. 238, El. 457, X.Mem.2.10.2, etc.b after historical tenses (v.ἵνα B. 1.1b
), when there is no [tense] pf. form, or when the [tense] aor. represents the [tense] pf., ξυνελέγημεν ἐνθάδε, ὅ. προμελετήσωμεν we were convened, i. e. we have met in assembly, Ar.Ec. 117 ;παρήλθομεν.., ὅπως μὴ χεῖρον βουλεύσησθε Th.1.73
; also when the occurrence purposed is regarded from the point of view of the person purposing, ἦλθον πρεσβευσόμενοι, ὅπως μὴ σφίσι.. τὸ αὐτῶν [ναυτικὸν] ἐμπόδιον γένηται ib.31, cf. 57,65, etc.: sts. the opt. and subj. appear in consecutive clauses,φρυκτοὺς παρεσκευασμένους ἐς αὐτὸ τοῦτο, ὅπως ἀσαφῆ τὰ σημεῖα.. ᾖ καὶ μὴ βοηθοῖεν Id.3.22
, cf. 6.96, 7.17.2 with opt. after historical tenses,πὰρ δέ οἱ αὐτὸς ἔστη, ὅπως.. κῆρας ἀλάλκοι Il.21.548
; more freq. in Od., as 13.319, 14.312, 18.160, 22.472; so in S.OT 1005, OC 1305, X.Cyr.1.4.25, Pl.Ti. 77e, etc.: after historical [tense] pres.,πέμπει τούσδ' ὅπως κτείνοιεν A.Pers. 450
;ἡγεμόνα πέμπει ὅπως ἄγοι X.An.4.7.19
: after opt.,ἔλθοι.. ὅ. γένοιτο A.Eu. 297
, cf. S.Aj. 1221 (lyr.).3 with ind.,a of historical tenses, where the principal clause expresses an action or obligation unfulfilled,εἴθ' εἶχε φωνὴν ἔμφρον' ἀγγέλου δίκην, ὅ. δίφροντις οὖσα μὴ 'κινυσσόμην A.Ch. 196
, cf. S.El. 1134: rare in Prose,ἐδεξάμην ἃν.. φράσαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς.., ὅ... προῄδετε And.2.21
; τίς οὐκ ἂν.. ταῦτα ἐδήλωσεν, ὅ... ταῦτα ἠλέγχθη; D.36.20;οὐκοῦν ἐχρῆν σε Πηγάσου ζεῦξαι πτερόν, ὅ. ἐφαίνου τοῖς θεοῖς τραγικώτερος Ar. Pax 135
; τί.. οὐκ ἔρριψ' ἐμαυτὴν.. ὅ. ἀπηλλάγην; A.Pr. 749.b of [tense] fut., θέλγει, ὅ. Ἰθάκης ἐπιλήσεται (= φραζομένη ὅπως ἐ.) Od.1.57, cf. Il.1.136 ;[χρὴ] ἀναβιβάζειν ἐπὶ τὸν τροχὸν τοὺς ἀπογραφέντας, ὅ. μὴ πρότερον νὺξ ἔσται And.1.43
;ἐμισθώσατο τοῦτον.., ὅ. συνερεῖ D.19.316
: sts. [tense] fut. ind. and [tense] aor. subj. are conjoined,σιγᾶθ', ὅ. μὴ πεύσεταί τις, ὦ τέκνα, γλώσσης χάριν δὲ πάντ' ἀπαγγείλῃ τάδε A. Ch. 265
.II ὅπως c. subj. is sts. used after Verbs of will and endeavour, instead of the inf.,λίσσεσθαι.. ὅ. νημερτέα εἴπῃ Od.3.19
;αἰτεῖσθαι ὅ. μὴ καταψηφίσησθε Antipho 1.12
; δεήσεται.., ὅ. δίκην μὴ δῷ ib.23 ;ὅ. μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ἠντεβόλει Lys.1.29
; παρακελεύεσθε ὑμῖναὐτοῖς ὅ... ἐξίητε Lycurg.127
( ἔξιτε Rehdantz): withἄν, δεῖταί μου σφόδρα ὅπως ἂν οἰκουρῇ Ar.Ach. 1060
, cf. Hdt.2.126, 3.44 ;διεκελεύετο ὅπως ἂν.. ἐγγράφωσί με Is.7.27
; so δεῖ σ' ὅ. δείξεις (for δεῖξαι), S.Aj. 556, may be expld. as ellipsis for δεῖ σ' ὁρᾶν (σκοπεῖν) ὅπως, cf. Id.Ph.55 ;δεῖ σ' ὅπως.. μηδὲν διοίσεις.. Cratin.108
.
См. также в других словарях:
The Night of the Following Day — Infobox Film | name =The Night of the Following Day image size =175px caption = director = Hubert Cornfield producer =Hubert Cornfield writer = Hubert Cornfield Robert Phippeny starring = Marlon Brando Pamela Franklin Richard Boone Rita Moreno… … Wikipedia
The Daily Show — Also known as The Daily Show with Jon Stewart Genre … Wikipedia
The Colbert Report — logo Genre Comedy, Satire, News parody … Wikipedia
The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… … Wikipedia
The Royal Ballet — General Information Name The Royal Ballet Previous Names … Wikipedia
The Eminem Show — Studio album by Eminem Released May 28, 2002 … Wikipedia
The Beatles bootleg recordings — are performances by The Beatles that have attained some level of public circulation without being available as a legal release. The term most often refers to audio recordings, but also includes video performances. From the earliest Beatles… … Wikipedia
The Future Sound of London — FSOL band member Garry Cobain at the 2009 Gogolfest in Kiev, Ukraine Background information Also known as see below … Wikipedia
The Black Jewels — is a series of fantasy novels by Anne Bishop.The World of the Black JewelsThe Black Jewels Trilogy is set in a unique world consisting of three Realms: Terreille, Kaeleer, and Hell. These three realms, although being situated upon the same land,… … Wikipedia
The Amazing Race 9 — Season run February 28, 2006 – May 17, 2006 Filming dates November 7, 2005 – December 3, 2005 No. of episodes 12 Winning team B.J. Averell Tyler MacNiven Continents visited … Wikipedia
The Pied Piper of Hamelin — is a legend about the abduction of many children from the town of Hamelin ( Hameln ), Germany. Famous versions of the legend are given by the Brothers Grimm and, in English, by Robert Browning.PlotIn 1284, while the town of Hamelin was suffering… … Wikipedia
